src/generic/grid.cpp

   1 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
   2 // Name:        src/generic/grid.cpp
   3 // Purpose:     wxGrid and related classes
   4 // Author:      Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn)
   5 // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin, Santiago Palacios
   6 // Created:     1/08/1999
   7 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
   8 // Copyright:   (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au)
   9 // Licence:     wxWindows licence
  10 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  11
  12 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
  13 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
  14
  15 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
  16     #pragma hdrstop
  17 #endif
  18
  19 #if wxUSE_GRID
  20
  21 #include "wx/grid.h"
  22
  23 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
  24     #include "wx/utils.h"
  25     #include "wx/dcclient.h"
  26     #include "wx/settings.h"
  27     #include "wx/log.h"
  28     #include "wx/textctrl.h"
  29     #include "wx/checkbox.h"
  30     #include "wx/combobox.h"
  31     #include "wx/valtext.h"
  32     #include "wx/intl.h"
  33     #include "wx/math.h"
  34     #include "wx/listbox.h"
  35 #endif
  36
  37 #include "wx/textfile.h"
  38 #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
  39 #include "wx/tokenzr.h"
  40 #include "wx/renderer.h"
  41
  42 #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h"
  43
  44 const wxChar wxGridNameStr[] = wxT("grid");
  45
  46 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
  47     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  WXUNUSED(identifier)
  48 #else
  49     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  identifier
  50 #endif
  51
  52 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
  53     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    WXUNUSED(identifier)
  54 #else
  55     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    identifier
  56 #endif
  57
  58 // Required for wxIs... functions
  59 #include <ctype.h>
  60
  61 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  62 // array classes
  63 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  64
  65 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs,
  66                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  67
  68 struct wxGridCellWithAttr
  69 {
  70     wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_)
  71         : coords(row, col), attr(attr_)
  72     {
  73         wxASSERT( attr );
  74     }
  75
  76     wxGridCellWithAttr(const wxGridCellWithAttr& other)
  77         : coords(other.coords),
  78           attr(other.attr)
  79     {
  80         attr->IncRef();
  81     }
  82
  83     wxGridCellWithAttr& operator=(const wxGridCellWithAttr& other)
  84     {
  85         coords = other.coords;
  86         if (attr != other.attr)
  87         {
  88             attr->DecRef();
  89             attr = other.attr;
  90             attr->IncRef();
  91         }
  92         return *this;
  93     }
  94
  95     void ChangeAttr(wxGridCellAttr* new_attr)
  96     {
  97         if (attr != new_attr)
  98         {
  99             // "Delete" (i.e. DecRef) the old attribute.
 100             attr->DecRef();
 101             attr = new_attr;
 102             // Take ownership of the new attribute, i.e. no IncRef.
 103         }
 104     }
 105
 106     ~wxGridCellWithAttr()
 107     {
 108         attr->DecRef();
 109     }
 110
 111     wxGridCellCoords coords;
 112     wxGridCellAttr  *attr;
 113 };
 114
 115 WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray,
 116                               class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 117
 118 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
 119
 120 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray)
 121 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray)
 122
 123 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 124 // events
 125 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 126
 127 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK)
 128 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 129 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 130 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 131 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG)
 132 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK)
 133 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 134 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 135 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 136 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE)
 137 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE)
 138 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE)
 139 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT)
 140 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE)
 141 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL)
 142 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN)
 143 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN)
 144 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED)
 145
 146 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 147 // private classes
 148 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 149
 150 // common base class for various grid subwindows
 151 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridSubwindow : public wxWindow
 152 {
 153 public:
 154     wxGridSubwindow() { m_owner = NULL; }
 155     wxGridSubwindow(wxGrid *owner,
 156                     wxWindowID id,
 157                     const wxPoint& pos,
 158                     const wxSize& size,
 159                     int additionalStyle = 0,
 160                     const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
 161         : wxWindow(owner, id, pos, size,
 162                    wxBORDER_NONE | additionalStyle,
 163                    name)
 164     {
 165         m_owner = owner;
 166     }
 167
 168     virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
 169
 170     wxGrid *GetOwner() { return m_owner; }
 171
 172 protected:
 173     void OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& event);
 174
 175     wxGrid *m_owner;
 176
 177     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 178     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridSubwindow)
 179 };
 180
 181 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 182 {
 183 public:
 184     wxGridRowLabelWindow() { }
 185     wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 186                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 187
 188 private:
 189     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 190     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 191     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 192
 193     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 194     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 195     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 196 };
 197
 198
 199 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 200 {
 201 public:
 202     wxGridColLabelWindow() { }
 203     wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 204                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 205
 206 private:
 207     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 208     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 209     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 210
 211     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 212     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 213     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 214 };
 215
 216
 217 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 218 {
 219 public:
 220     wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { }
 221     wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 222                              const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 223
 224 private:
 225     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 226     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 227     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 228
 229     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 230     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 231     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 232 };
 233
 234 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 235 {
 236 public:
 237     wxGridWindow()
 238     {
 239         m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
 240         m_colLabelWin = NULL;
 241     }
 242
 243     wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
 244                   wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
 245                   wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
 246                   wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 247
 248     void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect );
 249
 250     virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return true; }
 251
 252 private:
 253     wxGridRowLabelWindow     *m_rowLabelWin;
 254     wxGridColLabelWindow     *m_colLabelWin;
 255
 256     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
 257     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 258     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 259     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& );
 260     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 261     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 262     void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& );
 263     void OnFocus( wxFocusEvent& );
 264
 265     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 266     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 267     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 268 };
 269
 270
 271 class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler
 272 {
 273 public:
 274     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 275         : m_grid(grid),
 276           m_editor(editor),
 277           m_inSetFocus(false)
 278     {
 279     }
 280
 281     void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
 282     void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
 283     void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
 284
 285     void SetInSetFocus(bool inSetFocus) { m_inSetFocus = inSetFocus; }
 286
 287 private:
 288     wxGrid             *m_grid;
 289     wxGridCellEditor   *m_editor;
 290
 291     // Work around the fact that a focus kill event can be sent to
 292     // a combobox within a set focus event.
 293     bool                m_inSetFocus;
 294
 295     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 296     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 297     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 298 };
 299
 300
 301 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler)
 302
 303 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler )
 304     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus )
 305     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown )
 306     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar )
 307 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 308
 309
 310 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 311 // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider
 312 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 313
 314 // this class stores attributes set for cells
 315 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrData
 316 {
 317 public:
 318     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col);
 319     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const;
 320     void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows );
 321     void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols );
 322
 323 private:
 324     // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found
 325     int FindIndex(int row, int col) const;
 326
 327     wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs;
 328 };
 329
 330 // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns
 331 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowOrColAttrData
 332 {
 333 public:
 334     // empty ctor to suppress warnings
 335     wxGridRowOrColAttrData() {}
 336     ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData();
 337
 338     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol);
 339     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const;
 340     void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols );
 341
 342 private:
 343     wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols;
 344     wxArrayAttrs m_attrs;
 345 };
 346
 347 // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell
 348 //     attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones
 349 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData
 350 {
 351 public:
 352     wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs;
 353     wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs,
 354                            m_colAttrs;
 355 };
 356
 357
 358 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 359 // data structures used for the data type registry
 360 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 361
 362 struct wxGridDataTypeInfo
 363 {
 364     wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName,
 365                        wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 366                        wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 367         : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor)
 368         {}
 369
 370     ~wxGridDataTypeInfo()
 371     {
 372         wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer);
 373         wxSafeDecRef(m_editor);
 374     }
 375
 376     wxString            m_typeName;
 377     wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer;
 378     wxGridCellEditor*   m_editor;
 379
 380     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridDataTypeInfo)
 381 };
 382
 383
 384 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray,
 385                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 386
 387
 388 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry
 389 {
 390 public:
 391   wxGridTypeRegistry() {}
 392     ~wxGridTypeRegistry();
 393
 394     void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
 395                      wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 396                      wxGridCellEditor* editor);
 397
 398     // find one of already registered data types
 399     int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 400
 401     // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of
 402     // standard typenames, register it and return its index
 403     int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 404
 405     // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already
 406     // registered data types with some params in which case clone the
 407     // registered data type and set params for it
 408     int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 409
 410     wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index);
 411     wxGridCellEditor*   GetEditor(int index);
 412
 413 private:
 414     wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo;
 415 };
 416
 417
 418 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 419 // conditional compilation
 420 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 421
 422 #ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
 423 #define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1
 424 #endif
 425
 426 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 427 // globals
 428 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 429
 430 //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 431 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 432     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0;
 433     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0;
 434 #endif
 435
 436 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 437 // constants
 438 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 439
 440 wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 );
 441 wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
 442
 443 // scroll line size
 444 // TODO: this doesn't work at all, grid cells have different sizes and approx
 445 //       calculations don't work as because of the size mismatch scrollbars
 446 //       sometimes fail to be shown when they should be or vice versa
 447 //
 448 //       The scroll bars may be a little flakey once in a while, but that is
 449 //       surely much less horrible than having scroll lines of only 1!!!
 450 //       -- Robin
 451 //
 452 //       Well, it's still seriously broken so it might be better but needs
 453 //       fixing anyhow
 454 //       -- Vadim
 455 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15;  // 1;
 456 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 457
 458 // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements
 459 // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns)
 460 static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100;
 461
 462 #if 0
 463 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 464 // private functions
 465 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 466
 467 static inline int GetScrollX(int x)
 468 {
 469     return (x + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 470 }
 471
 472 static inline int GetScrollY(int y)
 473 {
 474     return (y + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
 475 }
 476 #endif
 477
 478 // ============================================================================
 479 // implementation
 480 // ============================================================================
 481
 482 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 483 // wxGridCellEditor
 484 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 485
 486 wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor()
 487 {
 488     m_control = NULL;
 489     m_attr = NULL;
 490 }
 491
 492 wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor()
 493 {
 494     Destroy();
 495 }
 496
 497 void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent),
 498                               wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id),
 499                               wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 500 {
 501     if ( evtHandler )
 502         m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler);
 503 }
 504
 505 void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
 506                                        wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 507 {
 508     // erase the background because we might not fill the cell
 509     wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent());
 510     wxGridWindow* gridWindow = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetParent(), wxGridWindow);
 511     if (gridWindow)
 512         gridWindow->GetOwner()->PrepareDC(dc);
 513
 514     dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
 515     dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID));
 516     dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell);
 517
 518     // redraw the control we just painted over
 519     m_control->Refresh();
 520 }
 521
 522 void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy()
 523 {
 524     if (m_control)
 525     {
 526         m_control->PopEventHandler( true /* delete it*/ );
 527
 528         m_control->Destroy();
 529         m_control = NULL;
 530     }
 531 }
 532
 533 void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 534 {
 535     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 536
 537     m_control->Show(show);
 538
 539     if ( show )
 540     {
 541         // set the colours/fonts if we have any
 542         if ( attr )
 543         {
 544             m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour();
 545             m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour());
 546
 547             m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour();
 548             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour());
 549
 550 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 551 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 552             m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont();
 553             m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont());
 554 #endif
 555
 556             // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other
 557             // attributes may only be used by the derived classes
 558         }
 559     }
 560     else
 561     {
 562         // restore the standard colours fonts
 563         if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() )
 564         {
 565             m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld);
 566             m_colFgOld = wxNullColour;
 567         }
 568
 569         if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() )
 570         {
 571             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld);
 572             m_colBgOld = wxNullColour;
 573         }
 574
 575 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 576 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 577         if ( m_fontOld.Ok() )
 578         {
 579             m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld);
 580             m_fontOld = wxNullFont;
 581         }
 582 #endif
 583     }
 584 }
 585
 586 void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect)
 587 {
 588     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 589
 590     m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE);
 591 }
 592
 593 void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event)
 594 {
 595     event.Skip();
 596 }
 597
 598 bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 599 {
 600     bool ctrl = event.ControlDown();
 601     bool alt  = event.AltDown();
 602
 603 #ifdef __WXMAC__
 604     // On the Mac the Alt key is more like shift and is used for entry of
 605     // valid characters, so check for Ctrl and Meta instead.
 606     alt = event.MetaDown();
 607 #endif
 608
 609     // Assume it's not a valid char if ctrl or alt is down, but if both are
 610     // down then it may be because of an AltGr key combination, so let them
 611     // through in that case.
 612     if ((ctrl || alt) && !(ctrl && alt))
 613         return false;
 614
 615     int key = 0;
 616     bool keyOk = true;
 617
 618 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
 619     // If it's a F-Key or other special key then it shouldn't start the
 620     // editor.
 621     if (event.GetKeyCode() >= WXK_START)
 622         return false;
 623 #endif
 624 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 625     // if the unicode key code is not really a unicode character (it may
 626     // be a function key or etc., the platforms appear to always give us a
 627     // small value in this case) then fallback to the ASCII key code but
 628     // don't do anything for function keys or etc.
 629     key = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 630     if (key <= 127)
 631     {
 632         key = event.GetKeyCode();
 633         keyOk = (key <= 127);
 634     }
 635 #else
 636     key = event.GetKeyCode();
 637     keyOk = (key <= 255);
 638 #endif
 639
 640     return keyOk;
 641 }
 642
 643 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 644 {
 645     event.Skip();
 646 }
 647
 648 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick()
 649 {
 650 }
 651
 652 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
 653
 654 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 655 // wxGridCellTextEditor
 656 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 657
 658 wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor()
 659 {
 660     m_maxChars = 0;
 661 }
 662
 663 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 664                                   wxWindowID id,
 665                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 666 {
 667     DoCreate(parent, id, evtHandler);
 668 }
 669
 670 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoCreate(wxWindow* parent,
 671                                     wxWindowID id,
 672                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler,
 673                                     long style)
 674 {
 675     style |= wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER | wxTE_PROCESS_TAB | wxNO_BORDER;
 676
 677     m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
 678                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 679                                style);
 680
 681     // set max length allowed in the textctrl, if the parameter was set
 682     if ( m_maxChars != 0 )
 683     {
 684         Text()->SetMaxLength(m_maxChars);
 685     }
 686
 687     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 688 }
 689
 690 void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell),
 691                                            wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr))
 692 {
 693     // as we fill the entire client area,
 694     // don't do anything here to minimize flicker
 695 }
 696
 697 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig)
 698 {
 699     wxRect rect(rectOrig);
 700
 701     // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal margins
 702     //
 703     // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for unix
 704     //
 705 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
 706     if (rect.x != 0)
 707     {
 708         rect.x += 1;
 709         rect.y += 1;
 710         rect.width -= 1;
 711         rect.height -= 1;
 712     }
 713 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
 714     if ( rect.x == 0 )
 715         rect.x += 2;
 716     else
 717         rect.x += 3;
 718
 719     if ( rect.y == 0 )
 720         rect.y += 2;
 721     else
 722         rect.y += 3;
 723
 724     rect.width -= 2;
 725     rect.height -= 2;
 726 #else
 727     int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 728     int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 729
 730     #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
 731         extra_x *= 2;
 732         extra_y *= 2;
 733     #endif
 734
 735     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) );
 736     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) );
 737     rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2 * extra_x );
 738     rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2 * extra_y );
 739 #endif
 740
 741     wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect);
 742 }
 743
 744 void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 745 {
 746     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 747
 748     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
 749
 750     DoBeginEdit(m_startValue);
 751 }
 752
 753 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue)
 754 {
 755     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 756     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 757     Text()->SetSelection(-1, -1);
 758     Text()->SetFocus();
 759 }
 760
 761 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 762 {
 763     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 764
 765     bool changed = false;
 766     wxString value = Text()->GetValue();
 767     if (value != m_startValue)
 768         changed = true;
 769
 770     if (changed)
 771         grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
 772
 773     m_startValue = wxEmptyString;
 774
 775     // No point in setting the text of the hidden control
 776     //Text()->SetValue(m_startValue);
 777
 778     return changed;
 779 }
 780
 781 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset()
 782 {
 783     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 784
 785     DoReset(m_startValue);
 786 }
 787
 788 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue)
 789 {
 790     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 791     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 792 }
 793
 794 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 795 {
 796     return wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event);
 797 }
 798
 799 void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 800 {
 801     // Since this is now happening in the EVT_CHAR event EmulateKeyPress is no
 802     // longer an appropriate way to get the character into the text control.
 803     // Do it ourselves instead.  We know that if we get this far that we have
 804     // a valid character, so not a whole lot of testing needs to be done.
 805
 806     wxTextCtrl* tc = Text();
 807     wxChar ch;
 808     long pos;
 809
 810 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 811     ch = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 812     if (ch <= 127)
 813         ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 814 #else
 815     ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 816 #endif
 817
 818     switch (ch)
 819     {
 820         case WXK_DELETE:
 821             // delete the character at the cursor
 822             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 823             if (pos < tc->GetLastPosition())
 824                 tc->Remove(pos, pos + 1);
 825             break;
 826
 827         case WXK_BACK:
 828             // delete the character before the cursor
 829             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 830             if (pos > 0)
 831                 tc->Remove(pos - 1, pos);
 832             break;
 833
 834         default:
 835             tc->WriteText(ch);
 836             break;
 837     }
 838 }
 839
 840 void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent&
 841                                          WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) )
 842 {
 843 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)
 844     // wxMotif needs a little extra help...
 845     size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() );
 846     wxString s( Text()->GetValue() );
 847     s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos);
 848     Text()->SetValue(s);
 849     Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos );
 850 #else
 851     // the other ports can handle a Return key press
 852     //
 853     event.Skip();
 854 #endif
 855 }
 856
 857 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 858 {
 859     if ( !params )
 860     {
 861         // reset to default
 862         m_maxChars = 0;
 863     }
 864     else
 865     {
 866         long tmp;
 867         if ( params.ToLong(&tmp) )
 868         {
 869             m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp;
 870         }
 871         else
 872         {
 873             wxLogDebug( _T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str() );
 874         }
 875     }
 876 }
 877
 878 // return the value in the text control
 879 wxString wxGridCellTextEditor::GetValue() const
 880 {
 881     return Text()->GetValue();
 882 }
 883
 884 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 885 // wxGridCellNumberEditor
 886 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 887
 888 wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max)
 889 {
 890     m_min = min;
 891     m_max = max;
 892 }
 893
 894 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 895                                     wxWindowID id,
 896                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 897 {
 898 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 899     if ( HasRange() )
 900     {
 901         // create a spin ctrl
 902         m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString,
 903                                    wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 904                                    wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
 905                                    m_min, m_max);
 906
 907         wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 908     }
 909     else
 910 #endif
 911     {
 912         // just a text control
 913         wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 914
 915 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
 916         Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
 917 #endif
 918     }
 919 }
 920
 921 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 922 {
 923     // first get the value
 924     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
 925     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
 926     {
 927         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col);
 928     }
 929     else
 930     {
 931         m_valueOld = 0;
 932         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
 933         if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
 934         {
 935             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") );
 936             return;
 937         }
 938     }
 939
 940 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 941     if ( HasRange() )
 942     {
 943         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 944         Spin()->SetFocus();
 945     }
 946     else
 947 #endif
 948     {
 949         DoBeginEdit(GetString());
 950     }
 951 }
 952
 953 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
 954                                      wxGrid* grid)
 955 {
 956     long value = 0;
 957     wxString text;
 958
 959 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 960     if ( HasRange() )
 961     {
 962         value = Spin()->GetValue();
 963         if ( value == m_valueOld )
 964             return false;
 965
 966         text.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value);
 967     }
 968     else // using unconstrained input
 969 #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 970     {
 971         const wxString textOld(grid->GetCellValue(row, col));
 972         text = Text()->GetValue();
 973         if ( text.empty() )
 974         {
 975             if ( textOld.empty() )
 976                 return false;
 977         }
 978         else // non-empty text now (maybe 0)
 979         {
 980             if ( !text.ToLong(&value) )
 981                 return false;
 982
 983             // if value == m_valueOld == 0 but old text was "" and new one is
 984             // "0" something still did change
 985             if ( value == m_valueOld && (value || !textOld.empty()) )
 986                 return false;
 987         }
 988     }
 989
 990     wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
 991     if ( table->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
 992         table->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value);
 993     else
 994         table->SetValue(row, col, text);
 995
 996     return true;
 997 }
 998
 999 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset()
1000 {
1001 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1002     if ( HasRange() )
1003     {
1004         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
1005     }
1006     else
1007 #endif
1008     {
1009         DoReset(GetString());
1010     }
1011 }
1012
1013 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1014 {
1015     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1016     {
1017         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1018         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
1019              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'))
1020         {
1021             return true;
1022         }
1023     }
1024
1025     return false;
1026 }
1027
1028 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1029 {
1030     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1031     if ( !HasRange() )
1032     {
1033         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-')
1034         {
1035             wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1036
1037             // skip Skip() below
1038             return;
1039         }
1040     }
1041 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1042     else
1043     {
1044         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) )
1045         {
1046             wxSpinCtrl* spin = (wxSpinCtrl*)m_control;
1047             spin->SetValue(keycode - '0');
1048             spin->SetSelection(1,1);
1049             return;
1050         }
1051     }
1052 #endif
1053
1054     event.Skip();
1055 }
1056
1057 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1058 {
1059     if ( !params )
1060     {
1061         // reset to default
1062         m_min =
1063         m_max = -1;
1064     }
1065     else
1066     {
1067         long tmp;
1068         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1069         {
1070             m_min = (int)tmp;
1071
1072             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1073             {
1074                 m_max = (int)tmp;
1075
1076                 // skip the error message below
1077                 return;
1078             }
1079         }
1080
1081         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1082     }
1083 }
1084
1085 // return the value in the spin control if it is there (the text control otherwise)
1086 wxString wxGridCellNumberEditor::GetValue() const
1087 {
1088     wxString s;
1089
1090 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1091     if ( HasRange() )
1092     {
1093         long value = Spin()->GetValue();
1094         s.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value);
1095     }
1096     else
1097 #endif
1098     {
1099         s = Text()->GetValue();
1100     }
1101
1102     return s;
1103 }
1104
1105 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1106 // wxGridCellFloatEditor
1107 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1108
1109 wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision)
1110 {
1111     m_width = width;
1112     m_precision = precision;
1113 }
1114
1115 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1116                                    wxWindowID id,
1117                                    wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1118 {
1119     wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1120
1121 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1122     Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
1123 #endif
1124 }
1125
1126 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1127 {
1128     // first get the value
1129     wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
1130     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1131     {
1132         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
1133     }
1134     else
1135     {
1136         m_valueOld = 0.0;
1137
1138         const wxString value = table->GetValue(row, col);
1139         if ( !value.empty() )
1140         {
1141             if ( !value.ToDouble(&m_valueOld) )
1142             {
1143                 wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") );
1144                 return;
1145             }
1146         }
1147     }
1148
1149     DoBeginEdit(GetString());
1150 }
1151
1152 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1153 {
1154     const wxString text(Text()->GetValue()),
1155                    textOld(grid->GetCellValue(row, col));
1156
1157     double value;
1158     if ( !text.empty() )
1159     {
1160         if ( !text.ToDouble(&value) )
1161             return false;
1162     }
1163     else // new value is empty string
1164     {
1165         if ( textOld.empty() )
1166             return false;           // nothing changed
1167
1168         value = 0.;
1169     }
1170
1171     // the test for empty strings ensures that we don't skip the value setting
1172     // when "" is replaced by "0" or vice versa as "" numeric value is also 0.
1173     if ( wxIsSameDouble(value, m_valueOld) && !text.empty() && !textOld.empty() )
1174         return false;           // nothing changed
1175
1176     wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
1177
1178     if ( table->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1179         table->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value);
1180     else
1181         table->SetValue(row, col, text);
1182
1183     return true;
1184 }
1185
1186 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset()
1187 {
1188     DoReset(GetString());
1189 }
1190
1191 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1192 {
1193     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1194     char tmpbuf[2];
1195     tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1196     tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1197     wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1198
1199 #if wxUSE_INTL
1200     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf ==
1201        wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1202 #else
1203     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1204 #endif
1205
1206     if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'
1207          || is_decimal_point )
1208     {
1209         wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1210
1211         // skip Skip() below
1212         return;
1213     }
1214
1215     event.Skip();
1216 }
1217
1218 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1219 {
1220     if ( !params )
1221     {
1222         // reset to default
1223         m_width =
1224         m_precision = -1;
1225     }
1226     else
1227     {
1228         long tmp;
1229         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1230         {
1231             m_width = (int)tmp;
1232
1233             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1234             {
1235                 m_precision = (int)tmp;
1236
1237                 // skip the error message below
1238                 return;
1239             }
1240         }
1241
1242         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1243     }
1244 }
1245
1246 wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const
1247 {
1248     wxString fmt;
1249     if ( m_precision == -1 && m_width != -1)
1250     {
1251         // default precision
1252         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
1253     }
1254     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width == -1)
1255     {
1256         // default width
1257         fmt.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
1258     }
1259     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width != -1 )
1260     {
1261         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
1262     }
1263     else
1264     {
1265         // default width/precision
1266         fmt = _T("%f");
1267     }
1268
1269     return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld);
1270 }
1271
1272 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1273 {
1274     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1275     {
1276         const int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1277         if ( isascii(keycode) )
1278         {
1279             char tmpbuf[2];
1280             tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1281             tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1282             wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1283
1284 #if wxUSE_INTL
1285             const wxString decimalPoint =
1286                 wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER);
1287 #else
1288             const wxString decimalPoint(_T('.'));
1289 #endif
1290
1291             // accept digits, 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.'
1292             if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) ||
1293                     tolower(keycode) == 'e' ||
1294                         keycode == decimalPoint ||
1295                             keycode == '+' ||
1296                                 keycode == '-' )
1297             {
1298                 return true;
1299             }
1300         }
1301     }
1302
1303     return false;
1304 }
1305
1306 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
1307
1308 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1309
1310 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1311 // wxGridCellBoolEditor
1312 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1313
1314 // the default values for GetValue()
1315 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::ms_stringValues[2] = { _T(""), _T("1") };
1316
1317 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1318                                   wxWindowID id,
1319                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1320 {
1321     m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1322                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1323                                wxNO_BORDER);
1324
1325     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1326 }
1327
1328 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r)
1329 {
1330     bool resize = false;
1331     wxSize size = m_control->GetSize();
1332     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height);
1333
1334     // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell
1335     wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize();
1336     if ( !(size == sizeBest) )
1337     {
1338         // reset to default size if it had been made smaller
1339         size = sizeBest;
1340
1341         resize = true;
1342     }
1343
1344     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
1345     {
1346         // leave 1 pixel margin
1347         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
1348
1349         resize = true;
1350     }
1351
1352     if ( resize )
1353     {
1354         m_control->SetSize(size);
1355     }
1356
1357     // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?)
1358
1359 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__)
1360     // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK,
1361     // so shift it to the right
1362     size.x -= 8;
1363 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
1364     // here too, but in other way
1365     size.x += 1;
1366     size.y -= 2;
1367 #endif
1368
1369     int hAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1370     int vAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1371     if (GetCellAttr())
1372         GetCellAttr()->GetAlignment(& hAlign, & vAlign);
1373
1374     int x = 0, y = 0;
1375     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
1376     {
1377         x = r.x + 2;
1378
1379 #ifdef __WXMSW__
1380         x += 2;
1381 #endif
1382
1383         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1384     }
1385     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
1386     {
1387         x = r.x + r.width - size.x - 2;
1388         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1389     }
1390     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
1391     {
1392         x = r.x + r.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
1393         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1394     }
1395
1396     m_control->Move(x, y);
1397 }
1398
1399 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
1400 {
1401     m_control->Show(show);
1402
1403     if ( show )
1404     {
1405         wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY;
1406         CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg);
1407     }
1408 }
1409
1410 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1411 {
1412     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1413                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1414
1415     if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1416     {
1417         m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
1418     }
1419     else
1420     {
1421         wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
1422
1423         if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[false] )
1424             m_startValue = false;
1425         else if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[true] )
1426             m_startValue = true;
1427         else
1428         {
1429             // do not try to be smart here and convert it to true or false
1430             // because we'll still overwrite it with something different and
1431             // this risks to be very surprising for the user code, let them
1432             // know about it
1433             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("invalid value for a cell with bool editor!") );
1434         }
1435     }
1436
1437     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1438     CBox()->SetFocus();
1439 }
1440
1441 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1442                                    wxGrid* grid)
1443 {
1444     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1445                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1446
1447     bool changed = false;
1448     bool value = CBox()->GetValue();
1449     if ( value != m_startValue )
1450         changed = true;
1451
1452     if ( changed )
1453     {
1454         wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
1455         if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
1456             table->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value);
1457         else
1458             table->SetValue(row, col, GetValue());
1459     }
1460
1461     return changed;
1462 }
1463
1464 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset()
1465 {
1466     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1467                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1468
1469     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1470 }
1471
1472 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick()
1473 {
1474     CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1475 }
1476
1477 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1478 {
1479     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1480     {
1481         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1482         switch ( keycode )
1483         {
1484             case WXK_SPACE:
1485             case '+':
1486             case '-':
1487                 return true;
1488         }
1489     }
1490
1491     return false;
1492 }
1493
1494 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1495 {
1496     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1497     switch ( keycode )
1498     {
1499         case WXK_SPACE:
1500             CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1501             break;
1502
1503         case '+':
1504             CBox()->SetValue(true);
1505             break;
1506
1507         case '-':
1508             CBox()->SetValue(false);
1509             break;
1510     }
1511 }
1512
1513 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::GetValue() const
1514 {
1515   return ms_stringValues[CBox()->GetValue()];
1516 }
1517
1518 /* static */ void
1519 wxGridCellBoolEditor::UseStringValues(const wxString& valueTrue,
1520                                       const wxString& valueFalse)
1521 {
1522     ms_stringValues[false] = valueFalse;
1523     ms_stringValues[true] = valueTrue;
1524 }
1525
1526 /* static */ bool
1527 wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(const wxString& value)
1528 {
1529     return value == ms_stringValues[true];
1530 }
1531
1532 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1533
1534 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1535
1536 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1537 // wxGridCellChoiceEditor
1538 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1539
1540 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices,
1541                                                bool allowOthers)
1542     : m_choices(choices),
1543       m_allowOthers(allowOthers) { }
1544
1545 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count,
1546                                                const wxString choices[],
1547                                                bool allowOthers)
1548                       : m_allowOthers(allowOthers)
1549 {
1550     if ( count )
1551     {
1552         m_choices.Alloc(count);
1553         for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
1554         {
1555             m_choices.Add(choices[n]);
1556         }
1557     }
1558 }
1559
1560 wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const
1561 {
1562     wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor;
1563     editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers;
1564     editor->m_choices = m_choices;
1565
1566     return editor;
1567 }
1568
1569 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1570                                     wxWindowID id,
1571                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1572 {
1573     int style = wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER |
1574                 wxTE_PROCESS_TAB |
1575                 wxBORDER_NONE;
1576
1577     if ( !m_allowOthers )
1578         style |= wxCB_READONLY;
1579     m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1580                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1581                                m_choices,
1582                                style);
1583
1584     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1585 }
1586
1587 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
1588                                              wxGridCellAttr * attr)
1589 {
1590     // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize
1591     // flicker
1592
1593     // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a
1594     // combo always defaults to the standard.  Until someone has time to
1595     // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way.
1596     wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr);
1597 }
1598
1599 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1600 {
1601     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1602                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1603
1604     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler* evtHandler = NULL;
1605     if (m_control)
1606         evtHandler = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetEventHandler(), wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler);
1607
1608     // Don't immediately end if we get a kill focus event within BeginEdit
1609     if (evtHandler)
1610         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(true);
1611
1612     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
1613
1614     Reset(); // this updates combo box to correspond to m_startValue
1615
1616     Combo()->SetFocus();
1617
1618     if (evtHandler)
1619     {
1620         // When dropping down the menu, a kill focus event
1621         // happens after this point, so we can't reset the flag yet.
1622 #if !defined(__WXGTK20__)
1623         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(false);
1624 #endif
1625     }
1626 }
1627
1628 bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1629                                      wxGrid* grid)
1630 {
1631     wxString value = Combo()->GetValue();
1632     if ( value == m_startValue )
1633         return false;
1634
1635     grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
1636
1637     return true;
1638 }
1639
1640 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset()
1641 {
1642     if (m_allowOthers)
1643     {
1644         Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1645         Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1646     }
1647     else // the combobox is read-only
1648     {
1649         // find the right position, or default to the first if not found
1650         int pos = Combo()->FindString(m_startValue);
1651         if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND)
1652             pos = 0;
1653         Combo()->SetSelection(pos);
1654     }
1655 }
1656
1657 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1658 {
1659     if ( !params )
1660     {
1661         // what can we do?
1662         return;
1663     }
1664
1665     m_choices.Empty();
1666
1667     wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(','));
1668     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1669     {
1670         m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken());
1671     }
1672 }
1673
1674 // return the value in the text control
1675 wxString wxGridCellChoiceEditor::GetValue() const
1676 {
1677   return Combo()->GetValue();
1678 }
1679
1680 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1681
1682 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1683 // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler
1684 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1685
1686 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
1687 {
1688     // Don't disable the cell if we're just starting to edit it
1689     if (m_inSetFocus)
1690         return;
1691
1692     // accept changes
1693     m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1694
1695     event.Skip();
1696 }
1697
1698 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event)
1699 {
1700     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1701     {
1702         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1703             m_editor->Reset();
1704             m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1705             break;
1706
1707         case WXK_TAB:
1708             m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
1709             break;
1710
1711         case WXK_RETURN:
1712         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1713             if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
1714                 m_editor->HandleReturn(event);
1715             break;
1716
1717         default:
1718             event.Skip();
1719             break;
1720     }
1721 }
1722
1723 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
1724 {
1725     int row = m_grid->GetGridCursorRow();
1726     int col = m_grid->GetGridCursorCol();
1727     wxRect rect = m_grid->CellToRect( row, col );
1728     int cw, ch;
1729     m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
1730
1731     // if cell width is smaller than grid client area, cell is wholly visible
1732     bool wholeCellVisible = (rect.GetWidth() < cw);
1733
1734     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1735     {
1736         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1737         case WXK_TAB:
1738         case WXK_RETURN:
1739         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1740             break;
1741
1742         case WXK_HOME:
1743         {
1744             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1745             {
1746                 // no special processing needed...
1747                 event.Skip();
1748                 break;
1749             }
1750
1751             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1752
1753             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1754             int colXPos = 0;
1755             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1756             {
1757                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1758             }
1759
1760             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1761             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1762             if (col != 0)
1763             {
1764                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1765             }
1766             else
1767             {
1768                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1769             }
1770             event.Skip();
1771             break;
1772         }
1773
1774         case WXK_END:
1775         {
1776             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1777             {
1778                 // no special processing needed...
1779                 event.Skip();
1780                 break;
1781             }
1782
1783             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1784
1785             int textWidth = 0;
1786             wxString value = m_grid->GetCellValue(row, col);
1787             if ( wxEmptyString != value )
1788             {
1789                 // get width of cell CONTENTS (text)
1790                 int y;
1791                 wxFont font = m_grid->GetCellFont(row, col);
1792                 m_grid->GetTextExtent(value, &textWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &font);
1793
1794                 // try to RIGHT align the text by scrolling
1795                 int client_right = m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
1796
1797                 // (m_grid->GetScrollLineX()*2) is a factor for not scrolling to far,
1798                 // otherwise the last part of the cell content might be hidden below the scroll bar
1799                 // FIXME: maybe there is a more suitable correction?
1800                 textWidth -= (client_right - (m_grid->GetScrollLineX() * 2));
1801                 if ( textWidth < 0 )
1802                 {
1803                     textWidth = 0;
1804                 }
1805             }
1806
1807             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1808             int colXPos = 0;
1809             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1810             {
1811                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1812             }
1813
1814             // and add the (modified) text width of the cell contents
1815             // as we'd like to see the last part of the cell contents
1816             colXPos += textWidth;
1817
1818             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1819             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1820             m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1821             event.Skip();
1822             break;
1823         }
1824
1825         default:
1826             event.Skip();
1827             break;
1828     }
1829 }
1830
1831 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1832 // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for
1833 // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting
1834 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1835
1836 void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params))
1837 {
1838     // nothing to do
1839 }
1840
1841 wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker()
1842 {
1843 }
1844
1845 // ============================================================================
1846 // renderer classes
1847 // ============================================================================
1848
1849 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1850 // wxGridCellRenderer
1851 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1852
1853 void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1854                               wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1855                               wxDC& dc,
1856                               const wxRect& rect,
1857                               int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1858                               bool isSelected)
1859 {
1860     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID );
1861
1862     // grey out fields if the grid is disabled
1863     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1864     {
1865         if ( isSelected )
1866         {
1867             wxColour clr;
1868             if ( grid.HasFocus() )
1869                 clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground();
1870             else
1871                 clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW);
1872             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(clr, wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) );
1873         }
1874         else
1875         {
1876             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) );
1877         }
1878     }
1879     else
1880     {
1881         dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID));
1882     }
1883
1884     dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
1885     dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
1886 }
1887
1888 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1889 // wxGridCellStringRenderer
1890 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1891
1892 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(const wxGrid& grid,
1893                                                      const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1894                                                      wxDC& dc,
1895                                                      bool isSelected)
1896 {
1897     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT );
1898
1899     // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case?
1900
1901     // different coloured text when the grid is disabled
1902     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1903     {
1904         if ( isSelected )
1905         {
1906             wxColour clr;
1907             if ( grid.HasFocus() )
1908                 clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground();
1909             else
1910                 clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW);
1911             dc.SetTextBackground( clr );
1912             dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() );
1913         }
1914         else
1915         {
1916             dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() );
1917             dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() );
1918         }
1919     }
1920     else
1921     {
1922         dc.SetTextBackground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE));
1923         dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT));
1924     }
1925
1926     dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() );
1927 }
1928
1929 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1930                                                wxDC& dc,
1931                                                const wxString& text)
1932 {
1933     wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0;
1934     dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont());
1935     wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n'));
1936     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1937     {
1938         dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y);
1939         max_x = wxMax(max_x, x);
1940     }
1941
1942     y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines.
1943
1944     return wxSize(max_x, y);
1945 }
1946
1947 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1948                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1949                                              wxDC& dc,
1950                                              int row, int col)
1951 {
1952     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col));
1953 }
1954
1955 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1956                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1957                                     wxDC& dc,
1958                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1959                                     int row, int col,
1960                                     bool isSelected)
1961 {
1962     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1963     rect.Inflate(-1);
1964
1965     // erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased
1966     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1967
1968     int hAlign, vAlign;
1969     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1970
1971     int overflowCols = 0;
1972
1973     if (attr.GetOverflow())
1974     {
1975         int cols = grid.GetNumberCols();
1976         int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth();
1977         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
1978         attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <= 0
1979         if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable())
1980         {
1981             int i, c_cols, c_rows;
1982             for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++)
1983             {
1984                 bool is_empty = true;
1985                 for (int j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
1986                 {
1987                     // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block
1988                     grid.GetCellSize(j, i, &c_rows, &c_cols);
1989                     if (c_rows > 0)
1990                         c_rows = 0;
1991                     if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j + c_rows, i))
1992                     {
1993                         is_empty = false;
1994                         break;
1995                     }
1996                 }
1997
1998                 if (is_empty)
1999                 {
2000                     rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i);
2001                 }
2002                 else
2003                 {
2004                     i--;
2005                     break;
2006                 }
2007
2008                 if (rect.width >= best_width)
2009                     break;
2010             }
2011
2012             overflowCols = i - col - cell_cols + 1;
2013             if (overflowCols >= cols)
2014                 overflowCols = cols - 1;
2015         }
2016
2017         if (overflowCols > 0) // redraw overflow cells w/ proper hilight
2018         {
2019             hAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; // if oveflowed then it's left aligned
2020             wxRect clip = rect;
2021             clip.x += rectCell.width;
2022             // draw each overflow cell individually
2023             int col_end = col + cell_cols + overflowCols;
2024             if (col_end >= grid.GetNumberCols())
2025                 col_end = grid.GetNumberCols() - 1;
2026             for (int i = col + cell_cols; i <= col_end; i++)
2027             {
2028                 clip.width = grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
2029                 dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
2030                 dc.SetClippingRegion(clip);
2031
2032                 SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc,
2033                         grid.IsInSelection(row,i));
2034
2035                 grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
2036                         rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2037                 clip.x += grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
2038             }
2039
2040             rect = rectCell;
2041             rect.Inflate(-1);
2042             rect.width++;
2043             dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
2044         }
2045     }
2046
2047     // now we only have to draw the text
2048     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2049
2050     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
2051                            rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2052 }
2053
2054 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2055 // wxGridCellNumberRenderer
2056 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2057
2058 wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
2059 {
2060     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
2061     wxString text;
2062     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
2063     {
2064         text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col));
2065     }
2066     else
2067     {
2068         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2069     }
2070
2071     return text;
2072 }
2073
2074 void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2075                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2076                                     wxDC& dc,
2077                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
2078                                     int row, int col,
2079                                     bool isSelected)
2080 {
2081     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2082
2083     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2084
2085     // draw the text right aligned by default
2086     int hAlign, vAlign;
2087     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2088     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2089
2090     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2091     rect.Inflate(-1);
2092
2093     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2094 }
2095
2096 wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2097                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2098                                              wxDC& dc,
2099                                              int row, int col)
2100 {
2101     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2102 }
2103
2104 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2105 // wxGridCellFloatRenderer
2106 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2107
2108 wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision)
2109 {
2110     SetWidth(width);
2111     SetPrecision(precision);
2112 }
2113
2114 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const
2115 {
2116     wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer;
2117     renderer->m_width = m_width;
2118     renderer->m_precision = m_precision;
2119     renderer->m_format = m_format;
2120
2121     return renderer;
2122 }
2123
2124 wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
2125 {
2126     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
2127
2128     bool hasDouble;
2129     double val;
2130     wxString text;
2131     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
2132     {
2133         val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
2134         hasDouble = true;
2135     }
2136     else
2137     {
2138         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2139         hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val);
2140     }
2141
2142     if ( hasDouble )
2143     {
2144         if ( !m_format )
2145         {
2146             if ( m_width == -1 )
2147             {
2148                 if ( m_precision == -1 )
2149                 {
2150                     // default width/precision
2151                     m_format = _T("%f");
2152                 }
2153                 else
2154                 {
2155                     m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
2156                 }
2157             }
2158             else if ( m_precision == -1 )
2159             {
2160                 // default precision
2161                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
2162             }
2163             else
2164             {
2165                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
2166             }
2167         }
2168
2169         text.Printf(m_format, val);
2170
2171     }
2172     //else: text already contains the string
2173
2174     return text;
2175 }
2176
2177 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2178                                    wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2179                                    wxDC& dc,
2180                                    const wxRect& rectCell,
2181                                    int row, int col,
2182                                    bool isSelected)
2183 {
2184     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2185
2186     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2187
2188     // draw the text right aligned by default
2189     int hAlign, vAlign;
2190     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2191     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2192
2193     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2194     rect.Inflate(-1);
2195
2196     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2197 }
2198
2199 wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2200                                             wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2201                                             wxDC& dc,
2202                                             int row, int col)
2203 {
2204     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2205 }
2206
2207 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
2208 {
2209     if ( !params )
2210     {
2211         // reset to defaults
2212         SetWidth(-1);
2213         SetPrecision(-1);
2214     }
2215     else
2216     {
2217         wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(','));
2218         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2219         {
2220             long width;
2221             if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) )
2222             {
2223                 SetWidth((int)width);
2224             }
2225             else
2226             {
2227                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2228             }
2229         }
2230
2231         tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(','));
2232         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2233         {
2234             long precision;
2235             if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) )
2236             {
2237                 SetPrecision((int)precision);
2238             }
2239             else
2240             {
2241                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2242             }
2243         }
2244     }
2245 }
2246
2247 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2248 // wxGridCellBoolRenderer
2249 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2250
2251 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark;
2252
2253 // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly...
2254
2255 // between checkmark and box
2256 static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2;
2257
2258 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2259                                            wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr),
2260                                            wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc),
2261                                            int WXUNUSED(row),
2262                                            int WXUNUSED(col))
2263 {
2264     // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...)
2265     if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x )
2266     {
2267         // get checkbox size
2268         wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString);
2269         wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize();
2270         wxCoord checkSize = size.y + 2 * wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN;
2271
2272 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
2273         checkSize -= size.y / 2;
2274 #endif
2275
2276         delete checkbox;
2277
2278         ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize;
2279     }
2280
2281     return ms_sizeCheckMark;
2282 }
2283
2284 void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2285                                   wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2286                                   wxDC& dc,
2287                                   const wxRect& rect,
2288                                   int row, int col,
2289                                   bool isSelected)
2290 {
2291     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected);
2292
2293     // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO)
2294     wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col);
2295
2296     // don't draw outside the cell
2297     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height);
2298     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
2299     {
2300         // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin
2301         size.x = size.y = minSize;
2302     }
2303
2304     // draw a border around checkmark
2305     int vAlign, hAlign;
2306     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2307
2308     wxRect rectBorder;
2309     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
2310     {
2311         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
2312         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2313         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2314         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2315     }
2316     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
2317     {
2318         rectBorder.x = rect.x + 2;
2319         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2320         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2321         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2322     }
2323     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
2324     {
2325         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x - 2;
2326         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2327         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2328         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2329     }
2330
2331     bool value;
2332     if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
2333     {
2334         value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
2335     }
2336     else
2337     {
2338         wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
2339         value = wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(cellval);
2340     }
2341
2342     int flags = 0;
2343     if (value)
2344         flags |= wxCONTROL_CHECKED;
2345
2346     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawCheckBox( &grid, dc, rectBorder, flags );
2347 }
2348
2349 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2350 // wxGridCellAttr
2351 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2352
2353 void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault)
2354 {
2355     m_nRef = 1;
2356
2357     m_isReadOnly = Unset;
2358
2359     m_renderer = NULL;
2360     m_editor = NULL;
2361
2362     m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell;
2363
2364     m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1;
2365     m_overflow = UnsetOverflow;
2366
2367     SetDefAttr(attrDefault);
2368 }
2369
2370 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const
2371 {
2372     wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr);
2373
2374     if ( HasTextColour() )
2375         attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour());
2376     if ( HasBackgroundColour() )
2377         attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour());
2378     if ( HasFont() )
2379         attr->SetFont(GetFont());
2380     if ( HasAlignment() )
2381         attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign);
2382
2383     attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols );
2384
2385     if ( m_renderer )
2386     {
2387         attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer);
2388         m_renderer->IncRef();
2389     }
2390     if ( m_editor )
2391     {
2392         attr->SetEditor(m_editor);
2393         m_editor->IncRef();
2394     }
2395
2396     if ( IsReadOnly() )
2397         attr->SetReadOnly();
2398
2399     attr->SetOverflow( m_overflow == Overflow );
2400     attr->SetKind( m_attrkind );
2401
2402     return attr;
2403 }
2404
2405 void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom)
2406 {
2407     if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() )
2408         SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour());
2409     if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() )
2410         SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour());
2411     if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() )
2412         SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont());
2413     if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() )
2414     {
2415         int hAlign, vAlign;
2416         mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign);
2417         SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2418     }
2419     if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() )
2420         mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols );
2421
2422     // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return
2423     // m_renderer/m_editor
2424     //
2425     // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor?
2426     if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() )
2427     {
2428         m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer;
2429         m_renderer->IncRef();
2430     }
2431     if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() )
2432     {
2433         m_editor =  mergefrom->m_editor;
2434         m_editor->IncRef();
2435     }
2436     if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() )
2437         SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly());
2438
2439     if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() )
2440         SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow());
2441
2442     SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr);
2443 }
2444
2445 void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols)
2446 {
2447     // The size of a cell is normally 1,1
2448
2449     // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell
2450     // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be
2451     // set to negative or zero values such that
2452     // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell)
2453     // same goes for the col + num_cols.
2454
2455     // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value
2456
2457     wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) ||
2458                   !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) ||
2459                   !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))),
2460                   wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values"));
2461
2462     m_sizeRows = num_rows;
2463     m_sizeCols = num_cols;
2464 }
2465
2466 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const
2467 {
2468     if (HasTextColour())
2469     {
2470         return m_colText;
2471     }
2472     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2473     {
2474         return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour();
2475     }
2476     else
2477     {
2478         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2479         return wxNullColour;
2480     }
2481 }
2482
2483 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const
2484 {
2485     if (HasBackgroundColour())
2486     {
2487         return m_colBack;
2488     }
2489     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2490     {
2491         return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
2492     }
2493     else
2494     {
2495         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2496         return wxNullColour;
2497     }
2498 }
2499
2500 const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const
2501 {
2502     if (HasFont())
2503     {
2504         return m_font;
2505     }
2506     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2507     {
2508         return m_defGridAttr->GetFont();
2509     }
2510     else
2511     {
2512         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2513         return wxNullFont;
2514     }
2515 }
2516
2517 void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
2518 {
2519     if (HasAlignment())
2520     {
2521         if ( hAlign )
2522             *hAlign = m_hAlign;
2523         if ( vAlign )
2524             *vAlign = m_vAlign;
2525     }
2526     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2527     {
2528         m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2529     }
2530     else
2531     {
2532         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2533     }
2534 }
2535
2536 void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
2537 {
2538     if ( num_rows )
2539         *num_rows = m_sizeRows;
2540     if ( num_cols )
2541         *num_cols = m_sizeCols;
2542 }
2543
2544 // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about
2545 // which attribute to use.  If a non-default attr object has one then it is
2546 // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and
2547 // used.  It should be the default for the data type of the cell.  If it is
2548 // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its
2549 // registry), then the grid's default editor or renderer is used.
2550
2551 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2552 {
2553     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = NULL;
2554
2555     if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr )
2556     {
2557         // use the cells renderer if it has one
2558         renderer = m_renderer;
2559         renderer->IncRef();
2560     }
2561     else // no non-default cell renderer
2562     {
2563         // get default renderer for the data type
2564         if ( grid )
2565         {
2566             // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2567             renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col);
2568         }
2569
2570         if ( renderer == NULL )
2571         {
2572             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2573             {
2574                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2575                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2576                 renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
2577             }
2578             else // default grid attr
2579             {
2580                 // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially
2581                 renderer = m_renderer;
2582                 if ( renderer )
2583                     renderer->IncRef();
2584             }
2585         }
2586     }
2587
2588     // we're supposed to always find something
2589     wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer"));
2590
2591     return renderer;
2592 }
2593
2594 // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g
2595 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2596 {
2597     wxGridCellEditor *editor = NULL;
2598
2599     if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr )
2600     {
2601         // use the cells editor if it has one
2602         editor = m_editor;
2603         editor->IncRef();
2604     }
2605     else // no non default cell editor
2606     {
2607         // get default editor for the data type
2608         if ( grid )
2609         {
2610             // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2611             editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col);
2612         }
2613
2614         if ( editor == NULL )
2615         {
2616             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2617             {
2618                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2619                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2620                 editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
2621             }
2622             else // default grid attr
2623             {
2624                 // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially
2625                 editor = m_editor;
2626                 if ( editor )
2627                     editor->IncRef();
2628             }
2629         }
2630     }
2631
2632     // we're supposed to always find something
2633     wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor"));
2634
2635     return editor;
2636 }
2637
2638 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2639 // wxGridCellAttrData
2640 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2641
2642 void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col)
2643 {
2644     // Note: contrary to wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr, we must not
2645     //       touch attribute's reference counting explicitly, since this
2646     //       is managed by class wxGridCellWithAttr
2647     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2648     if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND )
2649     {
2650         if ( attr )
2651         {
2652             // add the attribute
2653             m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr));
2654         }
2655         //else: nothing to do
2656     }
2657     else // we already have an attribute for this cell
2658     {
2659         if ( attr )
2660         {
2661             // change the attribute
2662             m_attrs[(size_t)n].ChangeAttr(attr);
2663         }
2664         else
2665         {
2666             // remove this attribute
2667             m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
2668         }
2669     }
2670 }
2671
2672 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const
2673 {
2674     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2675
2676     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2677     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2678     {
2679         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr;
2680         attr->IncRef();
2681     }
2682
2683     return attr;
2684 }
2685
2686 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2687 {
2688     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2689     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2690     {
2691         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2692         wxCoord row = coords.GetRow();
2693         if ((size_t)row >= pos)
2694         {
2695             if (numRows > 0)
2696             {
2697                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2698                 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2699             }
2700             else if (numRows < 0)
2701             {
2702                 // If rows deleted ...
2703                 if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows)
2704                 {
2705                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2706                     coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2707                 }
2708                 else
2709                 {
2710                     // ...or remove the attribute
2711                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2712                     n--;
2713                     count--;
2714                 }
2715             }
2716         }
2717     }
2718 }
2719
2720 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2721 {
2722     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2723     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2724     {
2725         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2726         wxCoord col = coords.GetCol();
2727         if ( (size_t)col >= pos )
2728         {
2729             if ( numCols > 0 )
2730             {
2731                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2732                 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2733             }
2734             else if (numCols < 0)
2735             {
2736                 // If rows deleted ...
2737                 if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols)
2738                 {
2739                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2740                     coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2741                 }
2742                 else
2743                 {
2744                     // ...or remove the attribute
2745                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2746                     n--;
2747                     count--;
2748                 }
2749             }
2750         }
2751     }
2752 }
2753
2754 int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const
2755 {
2756     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2757     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2758     {
2759         const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2760         if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) )
2761         {
2762             return n;
2763         }
2764     }
2765
2766     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2767 }
2768
2769 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2770 // wxGridRowOrColAttrData
2771 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2772
2773 wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData()
2774 {
2775     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2776     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2777     {
2778         m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2779     }
2780 }
2781
2782 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const
2783 {
2784     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2785
2786     int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2787     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2788     {
2789         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n];
2790         attr->IncRef();
2791     }
2792
2793     return attr;
2794 }
2795
2796 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol)
2797 {
2798     int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2799     if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND )
2800     {
2801         if ( attr )
2802         {
2803             // add the attribute - no need to do anything to reference count
2804             //                     since we take ownership of the attribute.
2805             m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol);
2806             m_attrs.Add(attr);
2807         }
2808         // nothing to remove
2809     }
2810     else
2811     {
2812         size_t n = (size_t)i;
2813         if ( m_attrs[n] == attr )
2814             // nothing to do
2815             return;
2816         if ( attr )
2817         {
2818             // change the attribute, handling reference count manually,
2819             //                       taking ownership of the new attribute.
2820             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2821             m_attrs[n] = attr;
2822         }
2823         else
2824         {
2825             // remove this attribute, handling reference count manually
2826             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2827             m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2828             m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2829         }
2830     }
2831 }
2832
2833 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols )
2834 {
2835     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2836     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2837     {
2838         int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n];
2839         if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos )
2840         {
2841             if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 )
2842             {
2843                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2844                 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2845             }
2846             else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0)
2847             {
2848                 // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists)
2849                 if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols)
2850                     rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2851                 else
2852                 {
2853                     m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2854                     m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2855                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2856                     n--;
2857                     count--;
2858                 }
2859             }
2860         }
2861     }
2862 }
2863
2864 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2865 // wxGridCellAttrProvider
2866 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2867
2868 wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2869 {
2870     m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL;
2871 }
2872
2873 wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2874 {
2875     delete m_data;
2876 }
2877
2878 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData()
2879 {
2880     m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData;
2881 }
2882
2883 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col,
2884                                                 wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind ) const
2885 {
2886     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2887     if ( m_data )
2888     {
2889         switch (kind)
2890         {
2891             case (wxGridCellAttr::Any):
2892                 // Get cached merge attributes.
2893                 // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable
2894                 // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col);
2895                 if (!attr)
2896                 {
2897                     // Basically implement old version.
2898                     // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time..
2899                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2900                     wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2901                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2902
2903                     if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol))
2904                     {
2905                         // Two or more are non NULL
2906                         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
2907                         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged);
2908
2909                         // Order is important..
2910                         if (attrcell)
2911                         {
2912                             attr->MergeWith(attrcell);
2913                             attrcell->DecRef();
2914                         }
2915                         if (attrcol)
2916                         {
2917                             attr->MergeWith(attrcol);
2918                             attrcol->DecRef();
2919                         }
2920                         if (attrrow)
2921                         {
2922                             attr->MergeWith(attrrow);
2923                             attrrow->DecRef();
2924                         }
2925
2926                         // store merge attr if cache implemented
2927                         //attr->IncRef();
2928                         //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2929                     }
2930                     else
2931                     {
2932                         // one or none is non null return it or null.
2933                         if (attrrow)
2934                             attr = attrrow;
2935                         if (attrcol)
2936                         {
2937                             if (attr)
2938                                 attr->DecRef();
2939                             attr = attrcol;
2940                         }
2941                         if (attrcell)
2942                         {
2943                             if (attr)
2944                                 attr->DecRef();
2945                             attr = attrcell;
2946                         }
2947                     }
2948                 }
2949                 break;
2950
2951             case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell):
2952                 attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2953                 break;
2954
2955             case (wxGridCellAttr::Col):
2956                 attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2957                 break;
2958
2959             case (wxGridCellAttr::Row):
2960                 attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2961                 break;
2962
2963             default:
2964                 // unused as yet...
2965                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Default):
2966                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged):
2967                 break;
2968         }
2969     }
2970
2971     return attr;
2972 }
2973
2974 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr,
2975                                      int row, int col)
2976 {
2977     if ( !m_data )
2978         InitData();
2979
2980     m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2981 }
2982
2983 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
2984 {
2985     if ( !m_data )
2986         InitData();
2987
2988     m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row);
2989 }
2990
2991 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
2992 {
2993     if ( !m_data )
2994         InitData();
2995
2996     m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col);
2997 }
2998
2999 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
3000 {
3001     if ( m_data )
3002     {
3003         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
3004
3005         m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows );
3006     }
3007 }
3008
3009 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
3010 {
3011     if ( m_data )
3012     {
3013         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
3014
3015         m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols );
3016     }
3017 }
3018
3019 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3020 // wxGridTypeRegistry
3021 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3022
3023 wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry()
3024 {
3025     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
3026     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
3027         delete m_typeinfo[i];
3028 }
3029
3030 void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
3031                                           wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
3032                                           wxGridCellEditor* editor)
3033 {
3034     wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor);
3035
3036     // is it already registered?
3037     int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
3038     if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND )
3039     {
3040         delete m_typeinfo[loc];
3041         m_typeinfo[loc] = info;
3042     }
3043     else
3044     {
3045         m_typeinfo.Add(info);
3046     }
3047 }
3048
3049 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3050 {
3051     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
3052     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
3053     {
3054         if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName )
3055         {
3056             return i;
3057         }
3058     }
3059
3060     return wxNOT_FOUND;
3061 }
3062
3063 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3064 {
3065     int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
3066     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3067     {
3068         // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case
3069         // register it "on the fly"
3070 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3071         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING )
3072         {
3073             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
3074                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
3075                              new wxGridCellTextEditor);
3076         }
3077         else
3078 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3079 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
3080         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL )
3081         {
3082             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL,
3083                              new wxGridCellBoolRenderer,
3084                              new wxGridCellBoolEditor);
3085         }
3086         else
3087 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
3088 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3089         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER )
3090         {
3091             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER,
3092                              new wxGridCellNumberRenderer,
3093                              new wxGridCellNumberEditor);
3094         }
3095         else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT )
3096         {
3097             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT,
3098                              new wxGridCellFloatRenderer,
3099                              new wxGridCellFloatEditor);
3100         }
3101         else
3102 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3103 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
3104         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE )
3105         {
3106             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE,
3107                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
3108                              new wxGridCellChoiceEditor);
3109         }
3110         else
3111 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
3112         {
3113             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3114         }
3115
3116         // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return
3117         // the last index
3118         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3119     }
3120
3121     return index;
3122 }
3123
3124 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3125 {
3126     int index = FindDataType(typeName);
3127     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3128     {
3129         // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':'
3130         // are the parameters for the renderer
3131         index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':')));
3132         if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3133         {
3134             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3135         }
3136
3137         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index);
3138         wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer;
3139         renderer = renderer->Clone();
3140         rendererOld->DecRef();
3141
3142         wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index);
3143         wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor;
3144         editor = editor->Clone();
3145         editorOld->DecRef();
3146
3147         // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults
3148         wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':'));
3149         renderer->SetParameters(params);
3150         editor->SetParameters(params);
3151
3152         // register the new typename
3153         RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
3154
3155         // we just registered it, it's the last one
3156         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3157     }
3158
3159     return index;
3160 }
3161
3162 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index)
3163 {
3164     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer;
3165     if (renderer)
3166         renderer->IncRef();
3167
3168     return renderer;
3169 }
3170
3171 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index)
3172 {
3173     wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor;
3174     if (editor)
3175         editor->IncRef();
3176
3177     return editor;
3178 }
3179
3180 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3181 // wxGridTableBase
3182 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3183
3184 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject )
3185
3186 wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase()
3187 {
3188     m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL;
3189     m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL;
3190 }
3191
3192 wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase()
3193 {
3194     delete m_attrProvider;
3195 }
3196
3197 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider)
3198 {
3199     delete m_attrProvider;
3200     m_attrProvider = attrProvider;
3201 }
3202
3203 bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes()
3204 {
3205     if ( ! GetAttrProvider() )
3206     {
3207         // use the default attr provider by default
3208         SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider);
3209     }
3210
3211     return true;
3212 }
3213
3214 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind)
3215 {
3216     if ( m_attrProvider )
3217         return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind);
3218     else
3219         return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
3220 }
3221
3222 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col)
3223 {
3224     if ( m_attrProvider )
3225     {
3226         if ( attr )
3227             attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
3228         m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
3229     }
3230     else
3231     {
3232         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3233         // free it now
3234         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3235     }
3236 }
3237
3238 void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
3239 {
3240     if ( m_attrProvider )
3241     {
3242         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row);
3243         m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
3244     }
3245     else
3246     {
3247         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3248         // free it now
3249         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3250     }
3251 }
3252
3253 void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
3254 {
3255     if ( m_attrProvider )
3256     {
3257         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col);
3258         m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col);
3259     }
3260     else
3261     {
3262         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3263         // free it now
3264         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3265     }
3266 }
3267
3268 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3269                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3270 {
3271     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") );
3272
3273     return false;
3274 }
3275
3276 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3277 {
3278     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3279
3280     return false;
3281 }
3282
3283 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3284                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3285 {
3286     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3287
3288     return false;
3289 }
3290
3291 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3292                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3293 {
3294     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3295
3296     return false;
3297 }
3298
3299 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3300 {
3301     wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3302
3303     return false;
3304 }
3305
3306 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3307                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3308 {
3309     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3310
3311     return false;
3312 }
3313
3314 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3315 {
3316     wxString s;
3317
3318     // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users,
3319     // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks.
3320     s << row + 1;
3321
3322     return s;
3323 }
3324
3325 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3326 {
3327     // default col labels are:
3328     //   cols 0 to 25   : A-Z
3329     //   cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ
3330     //   etc.
3331
3332     wxString s;
3333     unsigned int i, n;
3334     for ( n = 1; ; n++ )
3335     {
3336         s += (wxChar) (_T('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26));
3337         col = col / 26 - 1;
3338         if ( col < 0 )
3339             break;
3340     }
3341
3342     // reverse the string...
3343     wxString s2;
3344     for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
3345     {
3346         s2 += s[n - i - 1];
3347     }
3348
3349     return s2;
3350 }
3351
3352 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3353 {
3354     return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3355 }
3356
3357 bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3358                                      const wxString& typeName )
3359 {
3360     return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3361 }
3362
3363 bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName )
3364 {
3365     return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName);
3366 }
3367
3368 long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3369 {
3370     return 0;
3371 }
3372
3373 double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3374 {
3375     return 0.0;
3376 }
3377
3378 bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3379 {
3380     return false;
3381 }
3382
3383 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3384                                       long WXUNUSED(value) )
3385 {
3386 }
3387
3388 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3389                                         double WXUNUSED(value) )
3390 {
3391 }
3392
3393 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3394                                       bool WXUNUSED(value) )
3395 {
3396 }
3397
3398 void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3399                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) )
3400 {
3401     return NULL;
3402 }
3403
3404 void  wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3405                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName),
3406                                          void* WXUNUSED(value) )
3407 {
3408 }
3409
3410 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3411 //
3412 // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications
3413 // to the grid view
3414 //
3415
3416 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage()
3417 {
3418     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
3419     m_id = -1;
3420     m_comInt1 = -1;
3421     m_comInt2 = -1;
3422 }
3423
3424 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id,
3425                                         int commandInt1, int commandInt2 )
3426 {
3427     m_table = table;
3428     m_id = id;
3429     m_comInt1 = commandInt1;
3430     m_comInt2 = commandInt2;
3431 }
3432
3433 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3434 //
3435 // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will
3436 // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class.
3437 //
3438
3439 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray)
3440
3441 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase )
3442
3443 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable()
3444         : wxGridTableBase()
3445 {
3446 }
3447
3448 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols )
3449         : wxGridTableBase()
3450 {
3451     m_data.Alloc( numRows );
3452
3453     wxArrayString sa;
3454     sa.Alloc( numCols );
3455     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3456
3457     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3458 }
3459
3460 wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable()
3461 {
3462 }
3463
3464 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows()
3465 {
3466     return m_data.GetCount();
3467 }
3468
3469 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols()
3470 {
3471     if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 )
3472         return m_data[0].GetCount();
3473     else
3474         return 0;
3475 }
3476
3477 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col )
3478 {
3479     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3480                  wxEmptyString,
3481                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3482
3483     return m_data[row][col];
3484 }
3485
3486 void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value )
3487 {
3488     wxCHECK_RET( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3489                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3490
3491     m_data[row][col] = value;
3492 }
3493
3494 bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col )
3495 {
3496     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3497                  true,
3498                   _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3499
3500     return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString);
3501 }
3502
3503 void wxGridStringTable::Clear()
3504 {
3505     int row, col;
3506     int numRows, numCols;
3507
3508     numRows = m_data.GetCount();
3509     if ( numRows > 0 )
3510     {
3511         numCols = m_data[0].GetCount();
3512
3513         for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ )
3514         {
3515             for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ )
3516             {
3517                 m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString;
3518             }
3519         }
3520     }
3521 }
3522
3523 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3524 {
3525     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3526     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3527                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3528
3529     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3530     {
3531         return AppendRows( numRows );
3532     }
3533
3534     wxArrayString sa;
3535     sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3536     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3537     m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows );
3538
3539     if ( GetView() )
3540     {
3541         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3542                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED,
3543                                 pos,
3544                                 numRows );
3545
3546         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3547     }
3548
3549     return true;
3550 }
3551
3552 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )
3553 {
3554     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3555     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3556                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3557                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3558
3559     wxArrayString sa;
3560     if ( curNumCols > 0 )
3561     {
3562         sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3563         sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3564     }
3565
3566     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3567
3568     if ( GetView() )
3569     {
3570         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3571                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED,
3572                                 numRows );
3573
3574         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3575     }
3576
3577     return true;
3578 }
3579
3580 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3581 {
3582     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3583
3584     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3585     {
3586         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3587                     (
3588                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"),
3589                         (unsigned long)pos,
3590                         (unsigned long)numRows,
3591                         (unsigned long)curNumRows
3592                     ) );
3593
3594         return false;
3595     }
3596
3597     if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos )
3598     {
3599         numRows = curNumRows - pos;
3600     }
3601
3602     if ( numRows >= curNumRows )
3603     {
3604         m_data.Clear();
3605     }
3606     else
3607     {
3608         m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
3609     }
3610
3611     if ( GetView() )
3612     {
3613         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3614                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED,
3615                                 pos,
3616                                 numRows );
3617
3618         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3619     }
3620
3621     return true;
3622 }
3623
3624 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3625 {
3626     size_t row, col;
3627
3628     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3629     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3630                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3631                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3632
3633     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3634     {
3635         return AppendCols( numCols );
3636     }
3637
3638     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
3639     {
3640         m_colLabels.Insert( wxEmptyString, pos, numCols );
3641
3642         size_t i;
3643         for ( i = pos; i < pos + numCols; i++ )
3644             m_colLabels[i] = wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( i );
3645     }
3646
3647     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3648     {
3649         for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ )
3650         {
3651             m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col );
3652         }
3653     }
3654
3655     if ( GetView() )
3656     {
3657         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3658                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED,
3659                                 pos,
3660                                 numCols );
3661
3662         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3663     }
3664
3665     return true;
3666 }
3667
3668 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
3669 {
3670     size_t row;
3671
3672     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3673
3674 #if 0
3675     if ( !curNumRows )
3676     {
3677         // TODO: something better than this ?
3678         //
3679         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") );
3680         return false;
3681     }
3682 #endif
3683
3684     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3685     {
3686         m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3687     }
3688
3689     if ( GetView() )
3690     {
3691         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3692                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED,
3693                                 numCols );
3694
3695         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3696     }
3697
3698     return true;
3699 }
3700
3701 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3702 {
3703     size_t row;
3704
3705     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3706     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3707                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3708
3709     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3710     {
3711         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3712                     (
3713                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"),
3714                         (unsigned long)pos,
3715                         (unsigned long)numCols,
3716                         (unsigned long)curNumCols
3717                     ) );
3718         return false;
3719     }
3720
3721     int colID;
3722     if ( GetView() )
3723         colID = GetView()->GetColAt( pos );
3724     else
3725         colID = pos;
3726
3727     if ( numCols > curNumCols - colID )
3728     {
3729         numCols = curNumCols - colID;
3730     }
3731
3732     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
3733     {
3734         // m_colLabels stores just as many elements as it needs, e.g. if only
3735         // the label of the first column had been set it would have only one
3736         // element and not numCols, so account for it
3737         int nToRm = m_colLabels.size() - colID;
3738         if ( nToRm > 0 )
3739             m_colLabels.RemoveAt( colID, nToRm );
3740     }
3741
3742     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3743     {
3744         if ( numCols >= curNumCols )
3745         {
3746             m_data[row].Clear();
3747         }
3748         else
3749         {
3750             m_data[row].RemoveAt( colID, numCols );
3751         }
3752     }
3753
3754     if ( GetView() )
3755     {
3756         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3757                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED,
3758                                 pos,
3759                                 numCols );
3760
3761         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3762     }
3763
3764     return true;
3765 }
3766
3767 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3768 {
3769     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3770     {
3771         // using default label
3772         //
3773         return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row );
3774     }
3775     else
3776     {
3777         return m_rowLabels[row];
3778     }
3779 }
3780
3781 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3782 {
3783     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3784     {
3785         // using default label
3786         //
3787         return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col );
3788     }
3789     else
3790     {
3791         return m_colLabels[col];
3792     }
3793 }
3794
3795 void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value )
3796 {
3797     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3798     {
3799         int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount();
3800         int i;
3801
3802         for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ )
3803         {
3804             m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) );
3805         }
3806     }
3807
3808     m_rowLabels[row] = value;
3809 }
3810
3811 void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value )
3812 {
3813     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3814     {
3815         int n = m_colLabels.GetCount();
3816         int i;
3817
3818         for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ )
3819         {
3820             m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) );
3821         }
3822     }
3823
3824     m_colLabels[col] = value;
3825 }
3826
3827
3828 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3829 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3830
3831 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridSubwindow, wxWindow)
3832     EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost)
3833 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3834
3835 void wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
3836 {
3837     m_owner->CancelMouseCapture();
3838 }
3839
3840 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3841
3842 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3843     EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3844     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3845     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3846 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3847
3848 wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3849                                             wxWindowID id,
3850                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3851   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3852 {
3853     m_owner = parent;
3854 }
3855
3856 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3857 {
3858     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3859
3860     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3861     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3862     // set the y coord  - MB
3863     //
3864     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3865
3866     int x, y;
3867     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3868     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
3869     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x, pt.y-y );
3870
3871     wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3872     m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows );
3873 }
3874
3875 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3876 {
3877     m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event );
3878 }
3879
3880 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3881 {
3882     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3883 }
3884
3885 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3886
3887 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3888
3889 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3890     EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3891     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3892     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3893 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3894
3895 wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3896                                             wxWindowID id,
3897                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3898   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3899 {
3900     m_owner = parent;
3901 }
3902
3903 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3904 {
3905     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3906
3907     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3908     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3909     // set the x coord  - MB
3910     //
3911     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3912
3913     int x, y;
3914     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3915     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
3916     if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
3917         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x+x, pt.y );
3918     else
3919         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x-x, pt.y );
3920
3921     wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3922     m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols );
3923 }
3924
3925 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3926 {
3927     m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event );
3928 }
3929
3930 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3931 {
3932     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3933 }
3934
3935 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3936
3937 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3938
3939 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3940     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3941     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3942     EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3943 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3944
3945 wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3946                                                   wxWindowID id,
3947                                                   const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3948   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3949 {
3950     m_owner = parent;
3951 }
3952
3953 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3954 {
3955     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3956
3957     int client_height = 0;
3958     int client_width = 0;
3959     GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height );
3960
3961     // VZ: any reason for this ifdef? (FIXME)
3962 #if 0
3963 def __WXGTK__
3964     wxRect rect;
3965     rect.SetX( 1 );
3966     rect.SetY( 1 );
3967     rect.SetWidth( client_width - 2 );
3968     rect.SetHeight( client_height - 2 );
3969
3970     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( this, dc, rect, 0 );
3971 #else // !__WXGTK__
3972     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID) );
3973     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, client_width - 1, 0 );
3974     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, 0, client_height - 1 );
3975     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 );
3976     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height );
3977
3978     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
3979     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, client_width - 1, 1 );
3980     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, 1, client_height - 1 );
3981 #endif
3982 }
3983
3984 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3985 {
3986     m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event );
3987 }
3988
3989 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3990 {
3991     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3992 }
3993
3994 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3995
3996 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
3997
3998 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3999     EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint )
4000     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel )
4001     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent )
4002     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown )
4003     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp )
4004     EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar )
4005     EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
4006     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
4007     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground )
4008 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4009
4010 wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
4011                             wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
4012                             wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
4013                             wxWindowID id,
4014                             const wxPoint &pos,
4015                             const wxSize &size )
4016             : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size,
4017                               wxWANTS_CHARS | wxCLIP_CHILDREN,
4018                               wxT("grid window") )
4019 {
4020     m_owner = parent;
4021     m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin;
4022     m_colLabelWin = colLblWin;
4023 }
4024
4025 void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
4026 {
4027     wxPaintDC dc( this );
4028     m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
4029     wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion();
4030     wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg );
4031     m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells );
4032
4033 #if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
4034     m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg );
4035 #endif
4036
4037     m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc );
4038     m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells );
4039 }
4040
4041 void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect )
4042 {
4043     wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect );
4044     m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect );
4045     m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect );
4046 }
4047
4048 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
4049 {
4050     if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this)
4051         SetFocus();
4052
4053     m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event );
4054 }
4055
4056 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
4057 {
4058     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
4059 }
4060
4061 // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse
4062 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
4063 //
4064 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
4065 {
4066     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4067         event.Skip();
4068 }
4069
4070 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
4071 {
4072     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4073         event.Skip();
4074 }
4075
4076 void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
4077 {
4078     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4079         event.Skip();
4080 }
4081
4082 void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
4083 {
4084 }
4085
4086 void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
4087 {
4088     // and if we have any selection, it has to be repainted, because it
4089     // uses different colour when the grid is not focused:
4090     if ( m_owner->IsSelection() )
4091     {
4092         Refresh();
4093     }
4094     else
4095     {
4096         // NB: Note that this code is in "else" branch only because the other
4097         //     branch refreshes everything and so there's no point in calling
4098         //     Refresh() again, *not* because it should only be done if
4099         //     !IsSelection(). If the above code is ever optimized to refresh
4100         //     only selected area, this needs to be moved out of the "else"
4101         //     branch so that it's always executed.
4102
4103         // current cell cursor {dis,re}appears on focus change:
4104         const wxGridCellCoords cursorCoords(m_owner->GetGridCursorRow(),
4105                                             m_owner->GetGridCursorCol());
4106         const wxRect cursor =
4107             m_owner->BlockToDeviceRect(cursorCoords, cursorCoords);
4108         Refresh(true, &cursor);
4109     }
4110
4111     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4112         event.Skip();
4113 }
4114
4115 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4116
4117 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
4118 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
4119 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
4120 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
4121
4122 // Internal helper macros for simpler use of that function
4123
4124 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
4125                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
4126                            bool clipToMinMax);
4127
4128 #define internalXToCol(x) XToCol(x, true)
4129 #define internalYToRow(y) CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, \
4130                                           m_minAcceptableRowHeight, \
4131                                           m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, true)
4132
4133 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4134
4135 #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
4136 WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4137
4138 wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4139     // new style border flags, we put them first to
4140     // use them for streaming out
4141     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
4142     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN)
4143     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE)
4144     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
4145     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
4146     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
4147
4148     // old style border flags
4149     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
4150     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
4151     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER)
4152     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER)
4153     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER)
4154     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER)
4155
4156     // standard window styles
4157     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
4158     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
4159     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW)
4160     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS)
4161     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
4162     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB)
4163     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL)
4164     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL)
4165
4166 wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4167
4168 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h")
4169
4170 wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid)
4171     wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children )
4172     wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
4173 wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
4174
4175 wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid)
4176 wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
4177
4178 wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )
4179
4180 /*
4181  TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout, etc. via appropriate objects (e.g., NotebookPageInfo)
4182 */
4183 #else
4184 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4185 #endif
4186
4187 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4188     EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint )
4189     EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize )
4190     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown )
4191     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp )
4192     EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar )
4193     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground )
4194 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4195
4196 wxGrid::wxGrid()
4197 {
4198     InitVars();
4199 }
4200
4201 wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent,
4202                  wxWindowID id,
4203                  const wxPoint& pos,
4204                  const wxSize& size,
4205                  long style,
4206                  const wxString& name )
4207 {
4208     InitVars();
4209     Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
4210 }
4211
4212 bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
4213                           const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
4214                           long style, const wxString& name)
4215 {
4216     if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size,
4217                                   style | wxWANTS_CHARS, name))
4218         return false;
4219
4220     m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4221     m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4222
4223     Create();
4224     SetInitialSize(size);
4225     SetScrollRate(m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY);
4226     CalcDimensions();
4227
4228     return true;
4229 }
4230
4231 wxGrid::~wxGrid()
4232 {
4233     // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler
4234     SetTargetWindow(this);
4235     ClearAttrCache();
4236     wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr);
4237
4238 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
4239     size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses;
4240     wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: "
4241                 "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"),
4242              total, gs_nAttrCacheHits,
4243              total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0);
4244 #endif
4245
4246     // if we own the table, just delete it, otherwise at least don't leave it
4247     // with dangling view pointer
4248     if ( m_ownTable )
4249         delete m_table;
4250     else if ( m_table && m_table->GetView() == this )
4251         m_table->SetView(NULL);
4252
4253     delete m_typeRegistry;
4254     delete m_selection;
4255 }
4256
4257 //
4258 // ----- internal init and update functions
4259 //
4260
4261 // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can
4262 // be removed as well as the #else cases below.
4263 #define _USE_VISATTR 0
4264
4265 void wxGrid::Create()
4266 {
4267     // create the type registry
4268     m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry;
4269
4270     m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
4271
4272     m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr();
4273
4274     // Set default cell attributes
4275     m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
4276     m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default);
4277     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont());
4278     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP);
4279     m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer);
4280     m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor);
4281
4282 #if _USE_VISATTR
4283     wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4284     wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4285
4286     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg);
4287     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg);
4288
4289 #else
4290     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(
4291         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT));
4292     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(
4293         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW));
4294 #endif
4295
4296     m_numRows = 0;
4297     m_numCols = 0;
4298     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4299
4300     m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4301     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4302
4303     // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid
4304     m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this,
4305                                               wxID_ANY,
4306                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4307                                               wxDefaultSize );
4308
4309     m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this,
4310                                               wxID_ANY,
4311                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4312                                               wxDefaultSize );
4313
4314     m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this,
4315                                                     wxID_ANY,
4316                                                     wxDefaultPosition,
4317                                                     wxDefaultSize );
4318
4319     m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this,
4320                                   m_rowLabelWin,
4321                                   m_colLabelWin,
4322                                   wxID_ANY,
4323                                   wxDefaultPosition,
4324                                   wxDefaultSize );
4325
4326     SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin );
4327
4328 #if _USE_VISATTR
4329     wxColour gfg = gva.colFg;
4330     wxColour gbg = gva.colBg;
4331     wxColour lfg = lva.colFg;
4332     wxColour lbg = lva.colBg;
4333 #else
4334     wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4335     wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW );
4336     wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4337     wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE );
4338 #endif
4339
4340     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4341     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4342     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4343     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4344     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4345     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4346
4347     m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg);
4348     m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg);
4349
4350     Init();
4351 }
4352
4353 bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
4354                          wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4355 {
4356     wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created,
4357                  false,
4358                  wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
4359
4360     m_numRows = numRows;
4361     m_numCols = numCols;
4362
4363     m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols );
4364     m_table->SetView( this );
4365     m_ownTable = true;
4366     m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4367
4368     CalcDimensions();
4369
4370     m_created = true;
4371
4372     return m_created;
4373 }
4374
4375 void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
4376 {
4377     wxCHECK_RET( m_created,
4378                  wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4379
4380     m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode );
4381 }
4382
4383 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const
4384 {
4385     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells,
4386                  wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4387
4388     return m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
4389 }
4390
4391 bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership,
4392                        wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4393 {
4394     bool checkSelection = false;
4395     if ( m_created )
4396     {
4397         // stop all processing
4398         m_created = false;
4399
4400         if (m_table)
4401         {
4402             m_table->SetView(0);
4403             if( m_ownTable )
4404                 delete m_table;
4405             m_table = NULL;
4406         }
4407
4408         delete m_selection;
4409         m_selection = NULL;
4410
4411         m_ownTable = false;
4412         m_numRows = 0;
4413         m_numCols = 0;
4414         checkSelection = true;
4415
4416         // kill row and column size arrays
4417         m_colWidths.Empty();
4418         m_colRights.Empty();
4419         m_rowHeights.Empty();
4420         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4421     }
4422
4423     if (table)
4424     {
4425         m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows();
4426         m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols();
4427
4428         m_table = table;
4429         m_table->SetView( this );
4430         m_ownTable = takeOwnership;
4431         m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4432         if (checkSelection)
4433         {
4434             // If the newly set table is smaller than the
4435             // original one current cell and selection regions
4436             // might be invalid,
4437             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4438             m_currentCellCoords =
4439               wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows, m_currentCellCoords.GetRow()),
4440                                wxMin(m_numCols, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol()));
4441             if (m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() >= m_numRows ||
4442                 m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() >= m_numCols)
4443             {
4444                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4445                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4446             }
4447             else
4448                 m_selectingBottomRight =
4449                   wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows,
4450                                          m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow()),
4451                                    wxMin(m_numCols,
4452                                          m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol()));
4453         }
4454         CalcDimensions();
4455
4456         m_created = true;
4457     }
4458
4459     return m_created;
4460 }
4461
4462 void wxGrid::InitVars()
4463 {
4464     m_created = false;
4465
4466     m_cornerLabelWin = NULL;
4467     m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
4468     m_colLabelWin = NULL;
4469     m_gridWin = NULL;
4470
4471     m_table = NULL;
4472     m_ownTable = false;
4473
4474     m_selection = NULL;
4475     m_defaultCellAttr = NULL;
4476     m_typeRegistry = NULL;
4477     m_winCapture = NULL;
4478 }
4479
4480 void wxGrid::Init()
4481 {
4482     m_rowLabelWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4483     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4484
4485     if ( m_rowLabelWin )
4486     {
4487         m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour();
4488     }
4489     else
4490     {
4491         m_labelBackgroundColour = *wxWHITE;
4492     }
4493
4494     m_labelTextColour = *wxBLACK;
4495
4496     // init attr cache
4497     m_attrCache.row = -1;
4498     m_attrCache.col = -1;
4499     m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
4500
4501     // TODO: something better than this ?
4502     //
4503     m_labelFont = this->GetFont();
4504     m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD );
4505
4506     m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4507     m_rowLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4508
4509     m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4510     m_colLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4511     m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL;
4512
4513     m_defaultColWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH;
4514     m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight();
4515
4516     m_minAcceptableColWidth  = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH;
4517     m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT;
4518
4519 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)  // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl()
4520     m_defaultRowHeight += 8;
4521 #else
4522     m_defaultRowHeight += 4;
4523 #endif
4524
4525     m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 );
4526     m_gridLinesEnabled = true;
4527     m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK;
4528     m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2;
4529     m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1;
4530
4531     m_canDragColMove = false;
4532
4533     m_cursorMode  = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
4534     m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
4535     m_canDragRowSize = true;
4536     m_canDragColSize = true;
4537     m_canDragGridSize = true;
4538     m_canDragCell = false;
4539     m_dragLastPos  = -1;
4540     m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
4541     m_isDragging = false;
4542     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
4543     m_nativeColumnLabels = false;
4544
4545     m_waitForSlowClick = false;
4546
4547     m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS );
4548     m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
4549
4550     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4551
4552     ClearSelection();
4553
4554     m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
4555     m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT);
4556
4557     m_editable = true;  // default for whole grid
4558
4559     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
4560     m_batchCount = 0;
4561
4562     m_extraWidth =
4563     m_extraHeight = 0;
4564
4565     m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
4566     m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
4567 }
4568
4569 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4570 // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create
4571 // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if
4572 // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these
4573 // arrays at all
4574 //
4575 // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the widths/heights
4576 // different from default ones (resulting in space savings for huge grids) but
4577 // this is not done currently
4578 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4579
4580 void wxGrid::InitRowHeights()
4581 {
4582     m_rowHeights.Empty();
4583     m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4584
4585     m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows );
4586     m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows );
4587
4588     m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows );
4589
4590     int rowBottom = 0;
4591     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4592     {
4593         rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight;
4594         m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom );
4595     }
4596 }
4597
4598 void wxGrid::InitColWidths()
4599 {
4600     m_colWidths.Empty();
4601     m_colRights.Empty();
4602
4603     m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols );
4604     m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols );
4605
4606     m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols );
4607
4608     int colRight = 0;
4609     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4610     {
4611         colRight = ( GetColPos( i ) + 1 ) * m_defaultColWidth;
4612         m_colRights.Add( colRight );
4613     }
4614 }
4615
4616 int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const
4617 {
4618     return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col];
4619 }
4620
4621 int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const
4622 {
4623     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? GetColPos( col ) * m_defaultColWidth
4624                                  : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col];
4625 }
4626
4627 int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const
4628 {
4629     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (GetColPos( col ) + 1) * m_defaultColWidth
4630                                  : m_colRights[col];
4631 }
4632
4633 int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const
4634 {
4635     return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row];
4636 }
4637
4638 int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const
4639 {
4640     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight
4641                                   : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row];
4642 }
4643
4644 int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const
4645 {
4646     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight
4647                                   : m_rowBottoms[row];
4648 }
4649
4650 void wxGrid::CalcDimensions()
4651 {
4652     // compute the size of the scrollable area
4653     int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1)) : 0;
4654     int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
4655
4656     w += m_extraWidth;
4657     h += m_extraHeight;
4658
4659     // take into account editor if shown
4660     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
4661     {
4662         int w2, h2;
4663         int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
4664         int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
4665         int x = GetColLeft(c);
4666         int y = GetRowTop(r);
4667
4668         // how big is the editor
4669         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c);
4670         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c);
4671         editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2);
4672         w2 += x;
4673         h2 += y;
4674         if ( w2 > w )
4675             w = w2;
4676         if ( h2 > h )
4677             h = h2;
4678         editor->DecRef();
4679         attr->DecRef();
4680     }
4681
4682     // preserve (more or less) the previous position
4683     int x, y;
4684     GetViewStart( &x, &y );
4685
4686     // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges
4687     if ( x >= w )
4688         x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 );
4689     if ( y >= h )
4690         y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 );
4691
4692     // update the virtual size and refresh the scrollbars to reflect it
4693     m_gridWin->SetVirtualSize(w, h);
4694     Scroll(x, y);
4695     AdjustScrollbars();
4696
4697     // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we
4698     // still must reposition the children
4699     CalcWindowSizes();
4700 }
4701
4702 wxSize wxGrid::GetSizeAvailableForScrollTarget(const wxSize& size)
4703 {
4704     wxSize sizeGridWin(size);
4705     sizeGridWin.x -= m_rowLabelWidth;
4706     sizeGridWin.y -= m_colLabelHeight;
4707
4708     return sizeGridWin;
4709 }
4710
4711 void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes()
4712 {
4713     // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet
4714
4715     if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL )
4716         return;
4717
4718     int cw, ch;
4719     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4720
4721     // the grid may be too small to have enough space for the labels yet, don't
4722     // size the windows to negative sizes in this case
4723     int gw = cw - m_rowLabelWidth;
4724     int gh = ch - m_colLabelHeight;
4725     if (gw < 0)
4726         gw = 0;
4727     if (gh < 0)
4728         gh = 0;
4729
4730     if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() )
4731         m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
4732
4733     if ( m_colLabelWin && m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4734         m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, gw, m_colLabelHeight );
4735
4736     if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4737         m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, gh );
4738
4739     if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() )
4740         m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, gw, gh );
4741 }
4742
4743 // this is called when the grid table sends a message
4744 // to indicate that it has been redimensioned
4745 //
4746 bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
4747 {
4748     int i;
4749     bool result = false;
4750
4751     // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different
4752     // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns.
4753     ClearAttrCache();
4754
4755     // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are
4756     // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be
4757     // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes.
4758     // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the
4759     // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist.
4760     HideCellEditControl();
4761
4762 #if 0
4763     // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them
4764     // now
4765     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4766     {
4767         InitColWidths();
4768     }
4769
4770     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4771     {
4772         InitRowHeights();
4773     }
4774 #endif
4775
4776     switch ( msg.GetId() )
4777     {
4778         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
4779         {
4780             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4781             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4782
4783             m_numRows += numRows;
4784
4785             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4786             {
4787                 m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows );
4788                 m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows );
4789
4790                 int bottom = 0;
4791                 if ( pos > 0 )
4792                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1];
4793
4794                 for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4795                 {
4796                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4797                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4798                 }
4799             }
4800
4801             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4802             {
4803                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4804                 // cell will be undefined...
4805                 //
4806                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4807             }
4808
4809             if ( m_selection )
4810                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows );
4811             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4812             if (attrProvider)
4813                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
4814
4815             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4816             {
4817                 CalcDimensions();
4818                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4819             }
4820         }
4821         result = true;
4822         break;
4823
4824         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
4825         {
4826             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt();
4827             int oldNumRows = m_numRows;
4828             m_numRows += numRows;
4829
4830             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4831             {
4832                 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows );
4833                 m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows );
4834
4835                 int bottom = 0;
4836                 if ( oldNumRows > 0 )
4837                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1];
4838
4839                 for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4840                 {
4841                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4842                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4843                 }
4844             }
4845
4846             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4847             {
4848                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4849                 // cell will be undefined...
4850                 //
4851                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4852             }
4853
4854             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4855             {
4856                 CalcDimensions();
4857                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4858             }
4859         }
4860         result = true;
4861         break;
4862
4863         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
4864         {
4865             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4866             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4867             m_numRows -= numRows;
4868
4869             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4870             {
4871                 m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4872                 m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4873
4874                 int h = 0;
4875                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4876                 {
4877                     h += m_rowHeights[i];
4878                     m_rowBottoms[i] = h;
4879                 }
4880             }
4881
4882             if ( !m_numRows )
4883             {
4884                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4885             }
4886             else
4887             {
4888                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows )
4889                     m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4890             }
4891
4892             if ( m_selection )
4893                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4894             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4895             if (attrProvider)
4896             {
4897                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4898
4899 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4900 #if 0
4901                 // No need to touch column attributes, unless we
4902                 // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove
4903                 // all column attributes.
4904                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4905                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows.
4906                 if ( !GetNumberRows() )
4907                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() );
4908 #endif
4909             }
4910
4911             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4912             {
4913                 CalcDimensions();
4914                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4915             }
4916         }
4917         result = true;
4918         break;
4919
4920         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
4921         {
4922             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4923             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4924             m_numCols += numCols;
4925
4926             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4927             {
4928                 //Shift the column IDs
4929                 int i;
4930                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols - numCols; i++ )
4931                 {
4932                     if ( m_colAt[i] >= (int)pos )
4933                         m_colAt[i] += numCols;
4934                 }
4935
4936                 m_colAt.Insert( pos, pos, numCols );
4937
4938                 //Set the new columns' positions
4939                 for ( i = pos + 1; i < (int)pos + numCols; i++ )
4940                 {
4941                     m_colAt[i] = i;
4942                 }
4943             }
4944
4945             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4946             {
4947                 m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols );
4948                 m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols );
4949
4950                 int right = 0;
4951                 if ( pos > 0 )
4952                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( pos - 1 )];
4953
4954                 int colPos;
4955                 for ( colPos = pos; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4956                 {
4957                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
4958
4959                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4960                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4961                 }
4962             }
4963
4964             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4965             {
4966                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4967                 // cell will be undefined...
4968                 //
4969                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4970             }
4971
4972             if ( m_selection )
4973                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols );
4974             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4975             if (attrProvider)
4976                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
4977             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4978             {
4979                 CalcDimensions();
4980                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4981             }
4982         }
4983         result = true;
4984         break;
4985
4986         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
4987         {
4988             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt();
4989             int oldNumCols = m_numCols;
4990             m_numCols += numCols;
4991
4992             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4993             {
4994                 m_colAt.Add( 0, numCols );
4995
4996                 //Set the new columns' positions
4997                 int i;
4998                 for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4999                 {
5000                     m_colAt[i] = i;
5001                 }
5002             }
5003
5004             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
5005             {
5006                 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols );
5007                 m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols );
5008
5009                 int right = 0;
5010                 if ( oldNumCols > 0 )
5011                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( oldNumCols - 1 )];
5012
5013                 int colPos;
5014                 for ( colPos = oldNumCols; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5015                 {
5016                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
5017
5018                     right += m_colWidths[i];
5019                     m_colRights[i] = right;
5020                 }
5021             }
5022
5023             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
5024             {
5025                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
5026                 // cell will be undefined...
5027                 //
5028                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
5029             }
5030             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5031             {
5032                 CalcDimensions();
5033                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
5034             }
5035         }
5036         result = true;
5037         break;
5038
5039         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
5040         {
5041             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
5042             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
5043             m_numCols -= numCols;
5044
5045             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
5046             {
5047                 int colID = GetColAt( pos );
5048
5049                 m_colAt.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5050
5051                 //Shift the column IDs
5052                 int colPos;
5053                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5054                 {
5055                     if ( m_colAt[colPos] > colID )
5056                         m_colAt[colPos] -= numCols;
5057                 }
5058             }
5059
5060             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
5061             {
5062                 m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5063                 m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5064
5065                 int w = 0;
5066                 int colPos;
5067                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5068                 {
5069                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
5070
5071                     w += m_colWidths[i];
5072                     m_colRights[i] = w;
5073                 }
5074             }
5075
5076             if ( !m_numCols )
5077             {
5078                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5079             }
5080             else
5081             {
5082                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols )
5083                   m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
5084             }
5085
5086             if ( m_selection )
5087                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
5088             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
5089             if (attrProvider)
5090             {
5091                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
5092
5093 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
5094 #if 0
5095                 // No need to touch row attributes, unless we
5096                 // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove
5097                 // all row attributes.
5098                 // I hate to do this here, but the
5099                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols.
5100                 if ( !GetNumberCols() )
5101                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() );
5102 #endif
5103             }
5104
5105             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5106             {
5107                 CalcDimensions();
5108                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
5109             }
5110         }
5111         result = true;
5112         break;
5113     }
5114
5115     if (result && !GetBatchCount() )
5116         m_gridWin->Refresh();
5117
5118     return result;
5119 }
5120
5121 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5122 {
5123     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5124     wxRect r;
5125
5126     wxArrayInt  rowlabels;
5127
5128     int top, bottom;
5129     while ( iter )
5130     {
5131         r = iter.GetRect();
5132
5133         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5134         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5135         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5136         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5137         //
5138 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5139         int cw, ch;
5140         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5141         if ( r.GetTop() > ch )
5142             r.SetTop( 0 );
5143         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5144 #endif
5145
5146         // logical bounds of update region
5147         //
5148         int dummy;
5149         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top );
5150         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom );
5151
5152         // find the row labels within these bounds
5153         //
5154         int row;
5155         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5156         {
5157             if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top )
5158                 continue;
5159
5160             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5161                 break;
5162
5163             rowlabels.Add( row );
5164         }
5165
5166         ++iter;
5167     }
5168
5169     return rowlabels;
5170 }
5171
5172 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5173 {
5174     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5175     wxRect r;
5176
5177     wxArrayInt colLabels;
5178
5179     int left, right;
5180     while ( iter )
5181     {
5182         r = iter.GetRect();
5183
5184         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5185         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5186         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5187         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5188         //
5189 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5190         int cw, ch;
5191         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5192         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw )
5193             r.SetLeft( 0 );
5194         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5195 #endif
5196
5197         // logical bounds of update region
5198         //
5199         int dummy;
5200         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy );
5201         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy );
5202
5203         // find the cells within these bounds
5204         //
5205         int col;
5206         int colPos;
5207         for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5208         {
5209             col = GetColAt( colPos );
5210
5211             if ( GetColRight(col) < left )
5212                 continue;
5213
5214             if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5215                 break;
5216
5217             colLabels.Add( col );
5218         }
5219
5220         ++iter;
5221     }
5222
5223     return colLabels;
5224 }
5225
5226 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5227 {
5228     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5229     wxRect r;
5230
5231     wxGridCellCoordsArray  cellsExposed;
5232
5233     int left, top, right, bottom;
5234     while ( iter )
5235     {
5236         r = iter.GetRect();
5237
5238         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5239         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5240         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5241         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5242         //
5243 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5244         int cw, ch;
5245         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5246         if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
5247         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
5248         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5249         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5250 #endif
5251
5252         // logical bounds of update region
5253         //
5254         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
5255         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
5256
5257         // find the cells within these bounds
5258         //
5259         int row, col;
5260         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5261         {
5262             if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top )
5263                 continue;
5264
5265             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5266                 break;
5267
5268             int colPos;
5269             for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5270             {
5271                 col = GetColAt( colPos );
5272
5273                 if ( GetColRight(col) <= left )
5274                     continue;
5275
5276                 if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5277                     break;
5278
5279                 cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) );
5280             }
5281         }
5282
5283         ++iter;
5284     }
5285
5286     return cellsExposed;
5287 }
5288
5289
5290 void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5291 {
5292     int x, y, row;
5293     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5294     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5295
5296     if ( event.Dragging() )
5297     {
5298         if (!m_isDragging)
5299         {
5300             m_isDragging = true;
5301             m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5302         }
5303
5304         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5305         {
5306             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5307             {
5308                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5309                 {
5310                     int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5311                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5312                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5313
5314                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5315                     PrepareDC( dc );
5316                     y = wxMax( y,
5317                                GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5318                                GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5319                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5320                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5321                     {
5322                         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5323                     }
5324                     dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5325                     m_dragLastPos = y;
5326                 }
5327                 break;
5328
5329                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5330                 {
5331                     if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 )
5332                     {
5333                         if ( m_selection )
5334                         {
5335                             m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5336                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5337                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5338                                                     event.AltDown(),
5339                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5340                         }
5341                     }
5342                 }
5343                 break;
5344
5345                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5346                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5347                 default:
5348                     break;
5349             }
5350         }
5351         return;
5352     }
5353
5354     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5355         return;
5356
5357     if (m_isDragging)
5358     {
5359         if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture())
5360             m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5361         m_isDragging = false;
5362     }
5363
5364     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5365     //
5366     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5367     {
5368         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5369     }
5370
5371     // ------------ Left button pressed
5372     //
5373     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5374     {
5375         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5376         // edge of the row label - this is probably the user
5377         // wanting to resize the row
5378         //
5379         if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5380         {
5381             row = YToRow(y);
5382             if ( row >= 0 &&
5383                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5384             {
5385                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5386                     ClearSelection();
5387                 if ( m_selection )
5388                 {
5389                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5390                     {
5391                         m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
5392                                                   0,
5393                                                   row,
5394                                                   GetNumberCols() - 1,
5395                                                   event.ControlDown(),
5396                                                   event.ShiftDown(),
5397                                                   event.AltDown(),
5398                                                   event.MetaDown() );
5399                     }
5400                     else
5401                     {
5402                         m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5403                                                 event.ControlDown(),
5404                                                 event.ShiftDown(),
5405                                                 event.AltDown(),
5406                                                 event.MetaDown() );
5407                     }
5408                 }
5409
5410                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5411             }
5412         }
5413         else
5414         {
5415             // starting to drag-resize a row
5416             if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5417                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5418         }
5419     }
5420
5421     // ------------ Left double click
5422     //
5423     else if (event.LeftDClick() )
5424     {
5425         row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
5426         if ( row < 0 )
5427         {
5428             row = YToRow(y);
5429             if ( row >=0 &&
5430                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5431             {
5432                 // no default action at the moment
5433             }
5434         }
5435         else
5436         {
5437             // adjust row height depending on label text
5438             AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row );
5439
5440             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5441             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5442         }
5443     }
5444
5445     // ------------ Left button released
5446     //
5447     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5448     {
5449         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5450         {
5451             DoEndDragResizeRow();
5452
5453             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5454             // default processing in this case
5455             //
5456             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
5457         }
5458
5459         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5460         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5461     }
5462
5463     // ------------ Right button down
5464     //
5465     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5466     {
5467         row = YToRow(y);
5468         if ( row >=0 &&
5469              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5470         {
5471             // no default action at the moment
5472         }
5473     }
5474
5475     // ------------ Right double click
5476     //
5477     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5478     {
5479         row = YToRow(y);
5480         if ( row >= 0 &&
5481              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5482         {
5483             // no default action at the moment
5484         }
5485     }
5486
5487     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5488     //
5489     else if ( event.Moving() )
5490     {
5491         m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5492         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5493         {
5494             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5495             {
5496                 // don't capture the mouse yet
5497                 if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5498                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5499             }
5500         }
5501         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5502         {
5503             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5504         }
5505     }
5506 }
5507
5508 void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5509 {
5510     int x, y, col;
5511     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5512     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5513
5514     if ( event.Dragging() )
5515     {
5516         if (!m_isDragging)
5517         {
5518             m_isDragging = true;
5519             m_colLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5520
5521             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL )
5522                 m_dragRowOrCol = XToCol( x );
5523         }
5524
5525         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5526         {
5527             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5528             {
5529                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5530                 {
5531                     int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5532                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5533                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5534
5535                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5536                     PrepareDC( dc );
5537
5538                     x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5539                                   GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
5540                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5541                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5542                     {
5543                         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
5544                     }
5545                     dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
5546                     m_dragLastPos = x;
5547                 }
5548                 break;
5549
5550                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5551                 {
5552                     if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 )
5553                     {
5554                         if ( m_selection )
5555                         {
5556                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5557                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5558                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5559                                                     event.AltDown(),
5560                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5561                         }
5562                     }
5563                 }
5564                 break;
5565
5566                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5567                 {
5568                     if ( x < 0 )
5569                         m_moveToCol = GetColAt( 0 );
5570                     else
5571                         m_moveToCol = XToCol( x );
5572
5573                     int markerX;
5574
5575                     if ( m_moveToCol < 0 )
5576                         markerX = GetColRight( GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) );
5577                     else
5578                         markerX = GetColLeft( m_moveToCol );
5579
5580                     if ( markerX != m_dragLastPos )
5581                     {
5582                         wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
5583
5584                         int cw, ch;
5585                         m_colLabelWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5586
5587                         markerX++;
5588
5589                         //Clean up the last indicator
5590                         if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5591                         {
5592                             wxPen pen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 2 );
5593                             dc.SetPen(pen);
5594                             dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos + 1, 0, m_dragLastPos + 1, ch );
5595                             dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
5596
5597                             if ( XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) != -1 )
5598                                 DrawColLabel( dc, XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) );
5599                         }
5600
5601                         //Moving to the same place? Don't draw a marker
5602                         if ( (m_moveToCol == m_dragRowOrCol)
5603                           || (GetColPos( m_moveToCol ) == GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) + 1)
5604                           || (m_moveToCol < 0 && m_dragRowOrCol == GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )))
5605                         {
5606                             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5607                             return;
5608                         }
5609
5610                         //Draw the marker
5611                         wxPen pen( *wxBLUE, 2 );
5612                         dc.SetPen(pen);
5613
5614                         dc.DrawLine( markerX, 0, markerX, ch );
5615
5616                         dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
5617
5618                         m_dragLastPos = markerX - 1;
5619                     }
5620                 }
5621                 break;
5622
5623                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5624                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5625                 default:
5626                     break;
5627             }
5628         }
5629         return;
5630     }
5631
5632     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5633         return;
5634
5635     if (m_isDragging)
5636     {
5637         if (m_colLabelWin->HasCapture())
5638             m_colLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5639         m_isDragging = false;
5640     }
5641
5642     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5643     //
5644     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5645     {
5646         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5647     }
5648
5649     // ------------ Left button pressed
5650     //
5651     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5652     {
5653         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5654         // edge of the col label - this is probably the user
5655         // wanting to resize the col
5656         //
5657         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 )
5658         {
5659             col = XToCol(x);
5660             if ( col >= 0 &&
5661                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5662             {
5663                 if ( m_canDragColMove )
5664                 {
5665                     //Show button as pressed
5666                     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
5667                     int colLeft = GetColLeft( col );
5668                     int colRight = GetColRight( col ) - 1;
5669                     dc.SetPen( wxPen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 1 ) );
5670                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
5671                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
5672
5673                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5674                 }
5675                 else
5676                 {
5677                     if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5678                         ClearSelection();
5679                     if ( m_selection )
5680                     {
5681                         if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5682                         {
5683                             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0,
5684                                                       m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5685                                                       GetNumberRows() - 1, col,
5686                                                       event.ControlDown(),
5687                                                       event.ShiftDown(),
5688                                                       event.AltDown(),
5689                                                       event.MetaDown() );
5690                         }
5691                         else
5692                         {
5693                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5694                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5695                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5696                                                     event.AltDown(),
5697                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5698                         }
5699                     }
5700
5701                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5702                 }
5703             }
5704         }
5705         else
5706         {
5707             // starting to drag-resize a col
5708             //
5709             if ( CanDragColSize() )
5710                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5711         }
5712     }
5713
5714     // ------------ Left double click
5715     //
5716     if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5717     {
5718         col = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
5719         if ( col < 0 )
5720         {
5721             col = XToCol(x);
5722             if ( col >= 0 &&
5723                  ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5724             {
5725                 // no default action at the moment
5726             }
5727         }
5728         else
5729         {
5730             // adjust column width depending on label text
5731             AutoSizeColLabelSize( col );
5732
5733             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5734             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5735         }
5736     }
5737
5738     // ------------ Left button released
5739     //
5740     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5741     {
5742         switch ( m_cursorMode )
5743         {
5744             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5745                 DoEndDragResizeCol();
5746
5747                 // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5748                 // default processing in this case
5749                 //
5750                 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5751                 break;
5752
5753             case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5754                 DoEndDragMoveCol();
5755
5756                 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5757                 break;
5758
5759             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5760             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL:
5761             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5762             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5763                 // nothing to do (?)
5764                 break;
5765         }
5766
5767         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5768         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5769     }
5770
5771     // ------------ Right button down
5772     //
5773     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5774     {
5775         col = XToCol(x);
5776         if ( col >= 0 &&
5777              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5778         {
5779             // no default action at the moment
5780         }
5781     }
5782
5783     // ------------ Right double click
5784     //
5785     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5786     {
5787         col = XToCol(x);
5788         if ( col >= 0 &&
5789              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5790         {
5791             // no default action at the moment
5792         }
5793     }
5794
5795     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5796     //
5797     else if ( event.Moving() )
5798     {
5799         m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
5800         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5801         {
5802             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5803             {
5804                 // don't capture the cursor yet
5805                 if ( CanDragColSize() )
5806                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5807             }
5808         }
5809         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5810         {
5811             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5812         }
5813     }
5814 }
5815
5816 void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5817 {
5818     if ( event.LeftDown() )
5819     {
5820         // indicate corner label by having both row and
5821         // col args == -1
5822         //
5823         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5824         {
5825             SelectAll();
5826         }
5827     }
5828     else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5829     {
5830         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event );
5831     }
5832     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5833     {
5834         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5835         {
5836             // no default action at the moment
5837         }
5838     }
5839     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5840     {
5841         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5842         {
5843             // no default action at the moment
5844         }
5845     }
5846 }
5847
5848 void wxGrid::CancelMouseCapture()
5849 {
5850     // cancel operation currently in progress, whatever it is
5851     if ( m_winCapture )
5852     {
5853         m_isDragging = false;
5854         m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
5855         m_winCapture->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5856         m_winCapture = NULL;
5857
5858         // remove traces of whatever we drew on screen
5859         Refresh();
5860     }
5861 }
5862
5863 void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
5864                               wxWindow *win,
5865                               bool captureMouse)
5866 {
5867 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
5868     static const wxChar *cursorModes[] =
5869     {
5870         _T("SELECT_CELL"),
5871         _T("RESIZE_ROW"),
5872         _T("RESIZE_COL"),
5873         _T("SELECT_ROW"),
5874         _T("SELECT_COL"),
5875         _T("MOVE_COL"),
5876     };
5877
5878     wxLogTrace(_T("grid"),
5879                _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"),
5880                win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin")
5881                                     : win ? _T("rowLabelWin")
5882                                           : _T("gridWin"),
5883                cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]);
5884 #endif
5885
5886     if ( mode == m_cursorMode &&
5887          win == m_winCapture &&
5888          captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL))
5889         return;
5890
5891     if ( !win )
5892     {
5893         // by default use the grid itself
5894         win = m_gridWin;
5895     }
5896
5897     if ( m_winCapture )
5898     {
5899         if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
5900             m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
5901         m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
5902     }
5903
5904     m_cursorMode = mode;
5905
5906     switch ( m_cursorMode )
5907     {
5908         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5909             win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor );
5910             break;
5911
5912         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5913             win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor );
5914             break;
5915
5916         case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5917             win->SetCursor( wxCursor(wxCURSOR_HAND) );
5918             break;
5919
5920         default:
5921             win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5922             break;
5923     }
5924
5925     // we need to capture mouse when resizing
5926     bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ||
5927                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL;
5928
5929     if ( captureMouse && resize )
5930     {
5931         win->CaptureMouse();
5932         m_winCapture = win;
5933     }
5934 }
5935
5936 void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5937 {
5938     int x, y;
5939     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5940     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5941
5942     wxGridCellCoords coords;
5943     XYToCell( x, y, coords );
5944
5945     int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5946     bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging;
5947     GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5948     if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
5949     {
5950         coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows);
5951         coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols);
5952     }
5953
5954     if ( event.Dragging() )
5955     {
5956         //wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
5957
5958         // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged at
5959         // least 3 pixels in any direction...
5960         if (! m_isDragging)
5961         {
5962             if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition)
5963             {
5964                 m_startDragPos = pos;
5965                 return;
5966             }
5967             if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4)
5968                 return;
5969         }
5970
5971         m_isDragging = true;
5972         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5973         {
5974             // Hide the edit control, so it
5975             // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
5976             if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
5977             {
5978                 HideCellEditControl();
5979                 SaveEditControlValue();
5980             }
5981
5982             if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5983             {
5984                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
5985                 {
5986                     if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5987                         m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5988                     HighlightBlock( m_selectingKeyboard, coords );
5989                 }
5990                 else if ( CanDragCell() )
5991                 {
5992                     if ( isFirstDrag )
5993                     {
5994                         if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5995                             m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5996
5997                         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG,
5998                                    coords.GetRow(),
5999                                    coords.GetCol(),
6000                                    event );
6001                         return;
6002                     }
6003                 }
6004                 else
6005                 {
6006                     if ( !IsSelection() )
6007                     {
6008                         HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
6009                     }
6010                     else
6011                     {
6012                         HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords );
6013                     }
6014                 }
6015
6016                 if (! IsVisible(coords))
6017                 {
6018                     MakeCellVisible(coords);
6019                     // TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here.  The
6020                     // scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK.
6021                 }
6022             }
6023             // Have we captured the mouse yet?
6024             if (! m_winCapture)
6025             {
6026                 m_winCapture = m_gridWin;
6027                 m_winCapture->CaptureMouse();
6028             }
6029
6030
6031         }
6032         else if ( event.LeftIsDown() &&
6033                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
6034         {
6035             int cw, ch, left, dummy;
6036             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6037             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
6038
6039             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6040             PrepareDC( dc );
6041             y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
6042                           GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
6043             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
6044             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6045             {
6046                 dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
6047             }
6048             dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
6049             m_dragLastPos = y;
6050         }
6051         else if ( event.LeftIsDown() &&
6052                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
6053         {
6054             int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6055             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6056             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6057
6058             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6059             PrepareDC( dc );
6060             x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
6061                           GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) );
6062             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
6063             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6064             {
6065                 dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6066             }
6067             dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
6068             m_dragLastPos = x;
6069         }
6070
6071         return;
6072     }
6073
6074     m_isDragging = false;
6075     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
6076
6077     // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL
6078     //     immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under
6079     //     wxGTK
6080 #if 0
6081     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
6082     {
6083         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6084         m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
6085     }
6086     else
6087 #endif // 0
6088
6089     // ------------ Left button pressed
6090     //
6091     if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6092     {
6093         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK,
6094                        coords.GetRow(),
6095                        coords.GetCol(),
6096                        event ) )
6097         {
6098             if ( !event.CmdDown() )
6099                 ClearSelection();
6100             if ( event.ShiftDown() )
6101             {
6102                 if ( m_selection )
6103                 {
6104                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
6105                                               m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
6106                                               coords.GetRow(),
6107                                               coords.GetCol(),
6108                                               event.ControlDown(),
6109                                               event.ShiftDown(),
6110                                               event.AltDown(),
6111                                               event.MetaDown() );
6112                 }
6113             }
6114             else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 &&
6115                       YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
6116             {
6117                 DisableCellEditControl();
6118                 MakeCellVisible( coords );
6119
6120                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
6121                 {
6122                     if ( m_selection )
6123                     {
6124                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(),
6125                                                           coords.GetCol(),
6126                                                           event.ControlDown(),
6127                                                           event.ShiftDown(),
6128                                                           event.AltDown(),
6129                                                           event.MetaDown() );
6130                     }
6131                     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6132                     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6133                     m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
6134                 }
6135                 else
6136                 {
6137                     m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords;
6138                     SetCurrentCell( coords );
6139                     if ( m_selection )
6140                     {
6141                         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() !=
6142                                 wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells )
6143                         {
6144                             HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
6145                         }
6146                     }
6147                 }
6148             }
6149         }
6150     }
6151
6152     // ------------ Left double click
6153     //
6154     else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6155     {
6156         DisableCellEditControl();
6157
6158         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
6159         {
6160             if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK,
6161                              coords.GetRow(),
6162                              coords.GetCol(),
6163                              event ) )
6164             {
6165                 // we want double click to select a cell and start editing
6166                 // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks):
6167                 m_waitForSlowClick = true;
6168             }
6169         }
6170     }
6171
6172     // ------------ Left button released
6173     //
6174     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
6175     {
6176         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6177         {
6178             if (m_winCapture)
6179             {
6180                 if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
6181                     m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
6182                 m_winCapture = NULL;
6183             }
6184
6185             if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() )
6186             {
6187                 ClearSelection();
6188                 EnableCellEditControl();
6189
6190                 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
6191                 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
6192                 editor->StartingClick();
6193                 editor->DecRef();
6194                 attr->DecRef();
6195
6196                 m_waitForSlowClick = false;
6197             }
6198             else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
6199                  m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6200             {
6201                 if ( m_selection )
6202                 {
6203                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
6204                                               m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
6205                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
6206                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
6207                                               event.ControlDown(),
6208                                               event.ShiftDown(),
6209                                               event.AltDown(),
6210                                               event.MetaDown() );
6211                 }
6212
6213                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6214                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6215
6216                 // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for
6217                 // drag-shrinking.
6218                 ShowCellEditControl();
6219             }
6220         }
6221         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
6222         {
6223             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6224             DoEndDragResizeRow();
6225
6226             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6227             // default processing in this case
6228             //
6229             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
6230         }
6231         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
6232         {
6233             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6234             DoEndDragResizeCol();
6235
6236             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6237             // default processing in this case
6238             //
6239             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
6240         }
6241
6242         m_dragLastPos = -1;
6243     }
6244
6245     // ------------ Right button down
6246     //
6247     else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6248     {
6249         DisableCellEditControl();
6250         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK,
6251                          coords.GetRow(),
6252                          coords.GetCol(),
6253                          event ) )
6254         {
6255             // no default action at the moment
6256         }
6257     }
6258
6259     // ------------ Right double click
6260     //
6261     else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6262     {
6263         DisableCellEditControl();
6264         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK,
6265                          coords.GetRow(),
6266                          coords.GetCol(),
6267                          event ) )
6268         {
6269             // no default action at the moment
6270         }
6271     }
6272
6273     // ------------ Moving and no button action
6274     //
6275     else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() )
6276     {
6277         if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 )
6278         {
6279             // out of grid cell area
6280             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6281             return;
6282         }
6283
6284         int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
6285         int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
6286
6287         // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both
6288         // directions is not implemented yet...
6289         //
6290         if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 )
6291         {
6292             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6293             return;
6294         }
6295
6296         if ( dragRow >= 0 )
6297         {
6298             m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow;
6299
6300             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6301             {
6302                 if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6303                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, NULL, false);
6304             }
6305         }
6306         else if ( dragCol >= 0 )
6307         {
6308             m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
6309
6310             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6311             {
6312                 if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6313                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, NULL, false);
6314             }
6315         }
6316         else // Neither on a row or col edge
6317         {
6318             if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6319             {
6320                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6321             }
6322         }
6323     }
6324 }
6325
6326 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow()
6327 {
6328     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6329     {
6330         // erase the last line and resize the row
6331         //
6332         int cw, ch, left, dummy;
6333         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6334         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
6335
6336         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6337         PrepareDC( dc );
6338         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6339         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left + cw, m_dragLastPos );
6340         HideCellEditControl();
6341         SaveEditControlValue();
6342
6343         int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol);
6344         SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6345                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ) );
6346
6347         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6348         {
6349             // Only needed to get the correct rect.y:
6350             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) );
6351             rect.x = 0;
6352             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6353             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
6354             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6355             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6356             rect.width = cw;
6357
6358             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6359             if (m_table)
6360             {
6361                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_rows = 0;
6362                 int leftCol = XToCol(left);
6363                 int rightCol = internalXToCol(left + cw);
6364                 if (leftCol >= 0)
6365                 {
6366                     for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
6367                     {
6368                         GetCellSize(m_dragRowOrCol, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6369                         if (cell_rows < subtract_rows)
6370                             subtract_rows = cell_rows;
6371                     }
6372                     rect.y = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_rows);
6373                     CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6374                     rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6375                 }
6376             }
6377             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6378         }
6379
6380         ShowCellEditControl();
6381     }
6382 }
6383
6384
6385 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol()
6386 {
6387     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6388     {
6389         // erase the last line and resize the col
6390         //
6391         int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6392         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6393         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6394
6395         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6396         PrepareDC( dc );
6397         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6398         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6399         HideCellEditControl();
6400         SaveEditControlValue();
6401
6402         int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol);
6403         SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6404                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft,
6405                            GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) );
6406
6407         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6408         {
6409             // Only needed to get the correct rect.x:
6410             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) );
6411             rect.y = 0;
6412             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6413             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6414             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
6415             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6416             rect.height = ch;
6417
6418             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6419             if (m_table)
6420             {
6421                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_cols = 0;
6422                 int topRow = YToRow(top);
6423                 int bottomRow = internalYToRow(top + cw);
6424                 if (topRow >= 0)
6425                 {
6426                     for (i=topRow; i<bottomRow; i++)
6427                     {
6428                         GetCellSize(i, m_dragRowOrCol, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6429                         if (cell_cols < subtract_cols)
6430                             subtract_cols = cell_cols;
6431                     }
6432
6433                     rect.x = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_cols);
6434                     CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6435                     rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6436                 }
6437             }
6438
6439             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6440         }
6441
6442         ShowCellEditControl();
6443     }
6444 }
6445
6446 void wxGrid::DoEndDragMoveCol()
6447 {
6448     //The user clicked on the column but didn't actually drag
6449     if ( m_dragLastPos < 0 )
6450     {
6451         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();   //Do this to "unpress" the column
6452         return;
6453     }
6454
6455     int newPos;
6456     if ( m_moveToCol == -1 )
6457         newPos = m_numCols - 1;
6458     else
6459     {
6460         newPos = GetColPos( m_moveToCol );
6461         if ( newPos > GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) )
6462             newPos--;
6463     }
6464
6465     SetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol, newPos );
6466 }
6467
6468 void wxGrid::SetColPos( int colID, int newPos )
6469 {
6470     if ( m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
6471     {
6472         m_colAt.Alloc( m_numCols );
6473
6474         int i;
6475         for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
6476         {
6477             m_colAt.Add( i );
6478         }
6479     }
6480
6481     int oldPos = GetColPos( colID );
6482
6483     //Reshuffle the m_colAt array
6484     if ( newPos > oldPos )
6485     {
6486         int i;
6487         for ( i = oldPos; i < newPos; i++ )
6488         {
6489             m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i+1];
6490         }
6491     }
6492     else
6493     {
6494         int i;
6495         for ( i = oldPos; i > newPos; i-- )
6496         {
6497             m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i-1];
6498         }
6499     }
6500
6501     m_colAt[newPos] = colID;
6502
6503     //Recalculate the column rights
6504     if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6505     {
6506         int colRight = 0;
6507         int colPos;
6508         for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6509         {
6510             int colID = GetColAt( colPos );
6511
6512             colRight += m_colWidths[colID];
6513             m_colRights[colID] = colRight;
6514         }
6515     }
6516
6517     m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
6518     m_gridWin->Refresh();
6519 }
6520
6521
6522
6523 void wxGrid::EnableDragColMove( bool enable )
6524 {
6525     if ( m_canDragColMove == enable )
6526         return;
6527
6528     m_canDragColMove = enable;
6529
6530     if ( !m_canDragColMove )
6531     {
6532         m_colAt.Clear();
6533
6534         //Recalculate the column rights
6535         if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6536         {
6537             int colRight = 0;
6538             int colPos;
6539             for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6540             {
6541                 colRight += m_colWidths[colPos];
6542                 m_colRights[colPos] = colRight;
6543             }
6544         }
6545
6546         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
6547         m_gridWin->Refresh();
6548     }
6549 }
6550
6551
6552 //
6553 // ------ interaction with data model
6554 //
6555 bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
6556 {
6557     switch ( msg.GetId() )
6558     {
6559         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES:
6560             return GetModelValues();
6561
6562         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES:
6563             return SetModelValues();
6564
6565         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
6566         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
6567         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
6568         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
6569         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
6570         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
6571             return Redimension( msg );
6572
6573         default:
6574             return false;
6575     }
6576 }
6577
6578 // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class
6579 // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the
6580 // behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but
6581 // not to change the number of rows or cols.
6582 //
6583 void wxGrid::ClearGrid()
6584 {
6585     if ( m_table )
6586     {
6587         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6588             DisableCellEditControl();
6589
6590         m_table->Clear();
6591         if (!GetBatchCount())
6592             m_gridWin->Refresh();
6593     }
6594 }
6595
6596 bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6597 {
6598     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6599
6600     if ( !m_created )
6601     {
6602         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6603         return false;
6604     }
6605
6606     if ( m_table )
6607     {
6608         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6609             DisableCellEditControl();
6610
6611         bool done = m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows );
6612         return done;
6613
6614         // the table will have sent the results of the insert row
6615         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6616     }
6617
6618     return false;
6619 }
6620
6621 bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6622 {
6623     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6624
6625     if ( !m_created )
6626     {
6627         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6628         return false;
6629     }
6630
6631     if ( m_table )
6632     {
6633         bool done = m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows );
6634         return done;
6635
6636         // the table will have sent the results of the append row
6637         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6638     }
6639
6640     return false;
6641 }
6642
6643 bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6644 {
6645     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6646
6647     if ( !m_created )
6648     {
6649         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6650         return false;
6651     }
6652
6653     if ( m_table )
6654     {
6655         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6656             DisableCellEditControl();
6657
6658         bool done = m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows );
6659         return done;
6660         // the table will have sent the results of the delete row
6661         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6662     }
6663
6664     return false;
6665 }
6666
6667 bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6668 {
6669     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6670
6671     if ( !m_created )
6672     {
6673         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6674         return false;
6675     }
6676
6677     if ( m_table )
6678     {
6679         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6680             DisableCellEditControl();
6681
6682         bool done = m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols );
6683         return done;
6684         // the table will have sent the results of the insert col
6685         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6686     }
6687
6688     return false;
6689 }
6690
6691 bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6692 {
6693     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6694
6695     if ( !m_created )
6696     {
6697         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6698         return false;
6699     }
6700
6701     if ( m_table )
6702     {
6703         bool done = m_table->AppendCols( numCols );
6704         return done;
6705         // the table will have sent the results of the append col
6706         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6707     }
6708
6709     return false;
6710 }
6711
6712 bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6713 {
6714     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6715
6716     if ( !m_created )
6717     {
6718         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6719         return false;
6720     }
6721
6722     if ( m_table )
6723     {
6724         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6725             DisableCellEditControl();
6726
6727         bool done = m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols );
6728         return done;
6729         // the table will have sent the results of the delete col
6730         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6731     }
6732
6733     return false;
6734 }
6735
6736 //
6737 // ----- event handlers
6738 //
6739
6740 // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and
6741 // return the result of ProcessEvent()
6742 //
6743 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6744                         int row, int col,
6745                         wxMouseEvent& mouseEv )
6746 {
6747    bool claimed, vetoed;
6748
6749    if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6750    {
6751        int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6752
6753        wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6754                type,
6755                this,
6756                rowOrCol,
6757                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6758                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6759                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6760                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6761                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6762                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6763
6764        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6765        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6766    }
6767    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT )
6768    {
6769        // Right now, it should _never_ end up here!
6770        wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6771                type,
6772                this,
6773                m_selectingTopLeft,
6774                m_selectingBottomRight,
6775                true,
6776                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6777                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6778                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6779                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6780
6781        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6782        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6783    }
6784    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK ||
6785              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK ||
6786              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK ||
6787              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK )
6788    {
6789        wxPoint pos = mouseEv.GetPosition();
6790
6791        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridRowLabelWindow() )
6792            pos.y += GetColLabelSize();
6793        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridColLabelWindow() )
6794            pos.x += GetRowLabelSize();
6795
6796        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6797                type,
6798                this,
6799                row, col,
6800                pos.x,
6801                pos.y,
6802                false,
6803                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6804                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6805                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6806                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6807        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6808        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6809    }
6810    else
6811    {
6812        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6813                type,
6814                this,
6815                row, col,
6816                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6817                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6818                false,
6819                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6820                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6821                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6822                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6823        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6824        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6825    }
6826
6827    // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6828    if (vetoed)
6829        return -1;
6830
6831    return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6832 }
6833
6834 // Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result
6835 // of ProcessEvent().
6836 //
6837 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6838                         int row, int col )
6839 {
6840    bool claimed, vetoed;
6841
6842     if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6843     {
6844         int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6845
6846         wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, rowOrCol );
6847
6848         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6849         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6850     }
6851     else
6852     {
6853         wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col );
6854
6855         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6856         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6857      }
6858
6859     // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6860     if (vetoed)
6861         return -1;
6862
6863     return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6864 }
6865
6866 void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
6867 {
6868     // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW
6869     wxPaintDC dc(this);
6870 }
6871
6872 void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect)
6873 {
6874     // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch...
6875     // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway.
6876     if ( m_created && !GetBatchCount() )
6877     {
6878         // Refresh to get correct scrolled position:
6879         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect);
6880
6881         if (rect)
6882         {
6883             int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight;
6884             int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell;
6885             int x, y;
6886
6887             // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets..
6888             rect_x = rect->GetX();
6889             rect_y = rect->GetY();
6890             rectWidth = rect->GetWidth();
6891             rectHeight = rect->GetHeight();
6892
6893             width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x;
6894             if (width_label > rectWidth)
6895                 width_label = rectWidth;
6896
6897             height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y;
6898             if (height_label > rectHeight)
6899                 height_label = rectHeight;
6900
6901             if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth)
6902             {
6903                 x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth;
6904                 width_cell = rectWidth;
6905             }
6906             else
6907             {
6908                 x = 0;
6909                 width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x);
6910             }
6911
6912             if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight)
6913             {
6914                 y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight;
6915                 height_cell = rectHeight;
6916             }
6917             else
6918             {
6919                 y = 0;
6920                 height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y);
6921             }
6922
6923             // Paint corner label part intersecting rect.
6924             if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6925             {
6926                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label);
6927                 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6928             }
6929
6930             // Paint col labels part intersecting rect.
6931             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6932             {
6933                 wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label);
6934                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6935             }
6936
6937             // Paint row labels part intersecting rect.
6938             if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6939             {
6940                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell);
6941                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6942             }
6943
6944             // Paint cell area part intersecting rect.
6945             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6946             {
6947                 wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell);
6948                 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6949             }
6950         }
6951         else
6952         {
6953             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6954             m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6955             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6956             m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6957         }
6958     }
6959 }
6960
6961 void wxGrid::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
6962 {
6963     if (m_targetWindow != this) // check whether initialisation has been done
6964     {
6965         // reposition our children windows
6966         CalcWindowSizes();
6967     }
6968 }
6969
6970 void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
6971 {
6972     if ( m_inOnKeyDown )
6973     {
6974         // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles...
6975         //
6976         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") );
6977     }
6978
6979     m_inOnKeyDown = true;
6980
6981     // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed
6982     wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
6983     wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event );
6984     keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent );
6985
6986     if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) )
6987     {
6988         if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
6989         {
6990             if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_RIGHT)
6991                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_LEFT;
6992             else if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_LEFT)
6993                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_RIGHT;
6994         }
6995
6996         // try local handlers
6997         switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
6998         {
6999             case WXK_UP:
7000                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7001                     MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7002                 else
7003                     MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() );
7004                 break;
7005
7006             case WXK_DOWN:
7007                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7008                     MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7009                 else
7010                     MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
7011                 break;
7012
7013             case WXK_LEFT:
7014                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7015                     MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7016                 else
7017                     MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() );
7018                 break;
7019
7020             case WXK_RIGHT:
7021                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7022                     MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7023                 else
7024                     MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() );
7025                 break;
7026
7027             case WXK_RETURN:
7028             case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
7029                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7030                 {
7031                     event.Skip();  // to let the edit control have the return
7032                 }
7033                 else
7034                 {
7035                     if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 )
7036                     {
7037                         MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
7038                     }
7039                     else
7040                     {
7041                         // at the bottom of a column
7042                         DisableCellEditControl();
7043                     }
7044                 }
7045                 break;
7046
7047             case WXK_ESCAPE:
7048                 ClearSelection();
7049                 break;
7050
7051             case WXK_TAB:
7052                 if (event.ShiftDown())
7053                 {
7054                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 )
7055                     {
7056                         MoveCursorLeft( false );
7057                     }
7058                     else
7059                     {
7060                         // at left of grid
7061                         DisableCellEditControl();
7062                     }
7063                 }
7064                 else
7065                 {
7066                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 )
7067                     {
7068                         MoveCursorRight( false );
7069                     }
7070                     else
7071                     {
7072                         // at right of grid
7073                         DisableCellEditControl();
7074                     }
7075                 }
7076                 break;
7077
7078             case WXK_HOME:
7079                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7080                 {
7081                     MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 );
7082                     SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
7083                 }
7084                 else
7085                 {
7086                     event.Skip();
7087                 }
7088                 break;
7089
7090             case WXK_END:
7091                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7092                 {
7093                     MakeCellVisible( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
7094                     SetCurrentCell( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
7095                 }
7096                 else
7097                 {
7098                     event.Skip();
7099                 }
7100                 break;
7101
7102             case WXK_PAGEUP:
7103                 MovePageUp();
7104                 break;
7105
7106             case WXK_PAGEDOWN:
7107                 MovePageDown();
7108                 break;
7109
7110             case WXK_SPACE:
7111                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7112                 {
7113                     if ( m_selection )
7114                     {
7115                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(
7116                             m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
7117                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
7118                             event.ControlDown(),
7119                             event.ShiftDown(),
7120                             event.AltDown(),
7121                             event.MetaDown() );
7122                     }
7123                     break;
7124                 }
7125
7126                 if ( !IsEditable() )
7127                     MoveCursorRight( false );
7128                 else
7129                     event.Skip();
7130                 break;
7131
7132             default:
7133                 event.Skip();
7134                 break;
7135         }
7136     }
7137
7138     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
7139 }
7140
7141 void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
7142 {
7143     // try local handlers
7144     //
7145     if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT )
7146     {
7147         if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7148              m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7149         {
7150             if ( m_selection )
7151             {
7152                 m_selection->SelectBlock(
7153                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
7154                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
7155                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
7156                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
7157                     event.ControlDown(),
7158                     true,
7159                     event.AltDown(),
7160                     event.MetaDown() );
7161             }
7162         }
7163
7164         m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7165         m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7166         m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7167     }
7168 }
7169
7170 void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
7171 {
7172     // is it possible to edit the current cell at all?
7173     if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() )
7174     {
7175         // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key
7176         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7177         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7178         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7179         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7180
7181         // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for
7182         // other keys - ask the editor itself
7183         if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers())
7184              || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) )
7185         {
7186             // ensure cell is visble
7187             MakeCellVisible(row, col);
7188             EnableCellEditControl();
7189
7190             // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely
7191             // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the
7192             // control is not created and calling StartingKey will
7193             // crash the app
7194             if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
7195                 editor->StartingKey(event);
7196         }
7197         else
7198         {
7199             event.Skip();
7200         }
7201
7202         editor->DecRef();
7203         attr->DecRef();
7204     }
7205     else
7206     {
7207         event.Skip();
7208     }
7209 }
7210
7211 void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&)
7212 {
7213 }
7214
7215 void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7216 {
7217     if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) )
7218     {
7219         // the event has been intercepted - do nothing
7220         return;
7221     }
7222
7223 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7224     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7225     PrepareDC( dc );
7226 #endif
7227
7228     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7229     {
7230         DisableCellEditControl();
7231
7232         if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
7233         {
7234             wxRect r;
7235             r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords );
7236             if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
7237             {
7238                 r.x--;
7239                 r.y--;
7240                 r.width++;
7241                 r.height++;
7242             }
7243
7244             wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r );
7245
7246             // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight!
7247             m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7248
7249 #if defined(__WXMAC__)
7250             m_gridWin->Refresh(true /*, & r */);
7251 #else
7252             DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells );
7253             DrawAllGridLines( dc, r );
7254 #endif
7255         }
7256     }
7257
7258     m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7259
7260     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords );
7261 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7262     DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr );
7263 #endif
7264     attr->DecRef();
7265 }
7266
7267 void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol )
7268 {
7269     int temp;
7270     wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight;
7271
7272     if ( m_selection )
7273     {
7274         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
7275         {
7276             leftCol = 0;
7277             rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1;
7278         }
7279         else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
7280         {
7281             topRow = 0;
7282             bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1;
7283         }
7284     }
7285
7286     if ( topRow > bottomRow )
7287     {
7288         temp = topRow;
7289         topRow = bottomRow;
7290         bottomRow = temp;
7291     }
7292
7293     if ( leftCol > rightCol )
7294     {
7295         temp = leftCol;
7296         leftCol = rightCol;
7297         rightCol = temp;
7298     }
7299
7300     updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol );
7301     updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol );
7302
7303     // First the case that we selected a completely new area
7304     if ( m_selectingTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords ||
7305          m_selectingBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords )
7306     {
7307         wxRect rect;
7308         rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ),
7309                                   wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
7310         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
7311     }
7312
7313     // Now handle changing an existing selection area.
7314     else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft ||
7315               m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight )
7316     {
7317         // Compute two optimal update rectangles:
7318         // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the
7319         // other, or they are (almost) disjoint!
7320         wxRect  rect[4];
7321         bool    need_refresh[4];
7322         need_refresh[0] =
7323         need_refresh[1] =
7324         need_refresh[2] =
7325         need_refresh[3] = false;
7326         int     i;
7327
7328         // Store intermediate values
7329         wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol();
7330         wxCoord oldTop = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow();
7331         wxCoord oldRight = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol();
7332         wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow();
7333
7334         // Determine the outer/inner coordinates.
7335         if (oldLeft > leftCol)
7336         {
7337             temp = oldLeft;
7338             oldLeft = leftCol;
7339             leftCol = temp;
7340         }
7341         if (oldTop > topRow )
7342         {
7343             temp = oldTop;
7344             oldTop = topRow;
7345             topRow = temp;
7346         }
7347         if (oldRight < rightCol )
7348         {
7349             temp = oldRight;
7350             oldRight = rightCol;
7351             rightCol = temp;
7352         }
7353         if (oldBottom < bottomRow)
7354         {
7355             temp = oldBottom;
7356             oldBottom = bottomRow;
7357             bottomRow = temp;
7358         }
7359
7360         // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer
7361         // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one
7362         // is contained in the other.
7363
7364         if ( oldLeft < leftCol )
7365         {
7366             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7367             // area to the left of the old or new selection.
7368             need_refresh[0] = true;
7369             rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7370                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop,  oldLeft ),
7371                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) );
7372         }
7373
7374         if ( oldTop < topRow )
7375         {
7376             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7377             // area above the old or new selection.
7378             need_refresh[1] = true;
7379             rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7380                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ),
7381                 wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) );
7382         }
7383
7384         if ( oldRight > rightCol )
7385         {
7386             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7387             // area to the right of the old or new selection.
7388             need_refresh[2] = true;
7389             rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7390                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ),
7391                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) );
7392         }
7393
7394         if ( oldBottom > bottomRow )
7395         {
7396             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7397             // area below the old or new selection.
7398             need_refresh[3] = true;
7399             rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7400                 wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ),
7401                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) );
7402         }
7403
7404         // various Refresh() calls
7405         for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
7406             if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect )
7407                 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) );
7408     }
7409
7410     // change selection
7411     m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft;
7412     m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight;
7413 }
7414
7415 //
7416 // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions)
7417 //
7418
7419 bool wxGrid::GetModelValues()
7420 {
7421     // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7422     HideCellEditControl();
7423
7424     if ( m_table )
7425     {
7426         // all we need to do is repaint the grid
7427         //
7428         m_gridWin->Refresh();
7429         return true;
7430     }
7431
7432     return false;
7433 }
7434
7435 bool wxGrid::SetModelValues()
7436 {
7437     int row, col;
7438
7439     // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7440     // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first?
7441     // I think so ...
7442     DisableCellEditControl();
7443
7444     if ( m_table )
7445     {
7446         for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
7447         {
7448             for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
7449             {
7450                 m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) );
7451             }
7452         }
7453
7454         return true;
7455     }
7456
7457     return false;
7458 }
7459
7460 // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of
7461 // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by
7462 // CalcExposedCells)
7463 //
7464 void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
7465 {
7466     if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7467         return;
7468
7469     int i, numCells = cells.GetCount();
7470     int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7471     wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells;
7472
7473     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7474     {
7475         row = cells[i].GetRow();
7476         col = cells[i].GetCol();
7477         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7478
7479         // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint
7480         if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
7481         {
7482             wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols );
7483             bool marked = false;
7484             for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ )
7485             {
7486                 if ( cell == cells[j] )
7487                 {
7488                     marked = true;
7489                     break;
7490                 }
7491             }
7492
7493             if (!marked)
7494             {
7495                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7496                 for (int j = 0; j < count; j++)
7497                 {
7498                     if ( cell == redrawCells[j] )
7499                     {
7500                         marked = true;
7501                         break;
7502                     }
7503                 }
7504
7505                 if (!marked)
7506                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7507             }
7508
7509             // don't bother drawing this cell
7510             continue;
7511         }
7512
7513         // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow
7514         if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col))
7515         {
7516             for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ )
7517             {
7518                 // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint
7519                 int left = col;
7520                 for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++)
7521                     if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) &&
7522                         (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row))
7523                     {
7524                         left = redrawCells[k].GetCol();
7525                     }
7526
7527                 if (left == col)
7528                     left = 0; // oh well
7529
7530                 for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--)
7531                 {
7532                     if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j))
7533                     {
7534                         if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j))
7535                         {
7536                             wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j);
7537                             bool marked = false;
7538
7539                             for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++)
7540                             {
7541                                 if ( cell == cells[k] )
7542                                 {
7543                                     marked = true;
7544                                     break;
7545                                 }
7546                             }
7547
7548                             if (!marked)
7549                             {
7550                                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7551                                 for (int k = 0; k < count; k++)
7552                                 {
7553                                     if ( cell == redrawCells[k] )
7554                                     {
7555                                         marked = true;
7556                                         break;
7557                                     }
7558                                 }
7559                                 if (!marked)
7560                                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7561                             }
7562                         }
7563                         break;
7564                     }
7565                 }
7566             }
7567         }
7568
7569         DrawCell( dc, cells[i] );
7570     }
7571
7572     numCells = redrawCells.GetCount();
7573
7574     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7575     {
7576         DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] );
7577     }
7578 }
7579
7580 void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc )
7581 {
7582   int cw, ch;
7583   m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
7584
7585   int right, bottom;
7586   CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7587
7588   int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) : 0;
7589   int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
7590
7591   if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow )
7592   {
7593       int left, top;
7594       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7595
7596       dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) );
7597       dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
7598
7599       if ( right > rightCol )
7600       {
7601           dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch );
7602       }
7603
7604       if ( bottom > bottomRow )
7605       {
7606           dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow );
7607       }
7608   }
7609 }
7610
7611 void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7612 {
7613     int row = coords.GetRow();
7614     int col = coords.GetCol();
7615
7616     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7617         return;
7618
7619     // we draw the cell border ourselves
7620 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7621     if ( m_gridLinesEnabled )
7622         DrawCellBorder( dc, coords );
7623 #endif
7624
7625     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7626
7627     bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords;
7628
7629     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7630
7631     // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer
7632     // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden!
7633     if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() )
7634     {
7635         // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the
7636         // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered.
7637         // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered
7638         // implicitly, causing this out-of order render.
7639 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7640         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7641         editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr);
7642         editor->DecRef();
7643 #endif
7644     }
7645     else
7646     {
7647         // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized
7648         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
7649         renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords));
7650         renderer->DecRef();
7651     }
7652
7653     attr->DecRef();
7654 }
7655
7656 void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr )
7657 {
7658     // don't show highlight when the grid doesn't have focus
7659     if ( !HasFocus() )
7660         return;
7661
7662     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7663     int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7664
7665     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7666         return;
7667
7668     wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
7669
7670     // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled?
7671     // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but
7672     // it doesn't look really good
7673
7674     int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth;
7675
7676     if (penWidth > 0)
7677     {
7678         // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of
7679         // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the
7680         // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of
7681         // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then
7682         // please #ifdef this appropriately.
7683         rect.x += penWidth / 2;
7684         rect.y += penWidth / 2;
7685         rect.width -= penWidth - 1;
7686         rect.height -= penWidth - 1;
7687
7688         // Now draw the rectangle
7689         // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this
7690         // will ensure the cell is always visible.
7691         dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground : m_cellHighlightColour, penWidth, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID));
7692         dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
7693         dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
7694     }
7695
7696 #if 0
7697         // VZ: my experiments with 3D borders...
7698
7699         // how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg?
7700         wxCoord x1 = rect.x,
7701                 y1 = rect.y,
7702                 x2 = rect.x + rect.width - 1,
7703                 y2 = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
7704
7705         dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
7706         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1);
7707         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2);
7708
7709         dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1);
7710         dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2);
7711
7712         dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN);
7713         dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2);
7714         dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2 + 1);
7715 #endif
7716 }
7717
7718 wxPen wxGrid::GetDefaultGridLinePen()
7719 {
7720     return wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID);
7721 }
7722
7723 wxPen wxGrid::GetRowGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(row))
7724 {
7725     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
7726 }
7727
7728 wxPen wxGrid::GetColGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(col))
7729 {
7730     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
7731 }
7732
7733 void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7734 {
7735     int row = coords.GetRow();
7736     int col = coords.GetCol();
7737     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7738         return;
7739
7740
7741     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7742
7743     // right hand border
7744     dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(col) );
7745     dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y,
7746                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 );
7747
7748     // bottom border
7749     dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(row) );
7750     dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height,
7751                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
7752 }
7753
7754 void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells)
7755 {
7756     // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't
7757     // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB
7758     //
7759     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7760          m_numRows && m_numCols )
7761     {
7762         m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0);
7763     }
7764
7765     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
7766     {
7767         // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown
7768         return;
7769     }
7770
7771     // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it
7772     // might have been damaged by the grid lines
7773     size_t count = cells.GetCount();
7774     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
7775     {
7776         if ( cells[n] == m_currentCellCoords )
7777         {
7778             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7779             DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
7780             attr->DecRef();
7781
7782             break;
7783         }
7784     }
7785 }
7786
7787 // TODO: remove this ???
7788 // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour
7789 // has been changed
7790 //
7791 void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) )
7792 {
7793 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7794     return;
7795 #endif
7796
7797     if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled || !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7798          return;
7799
7800     int top, bottom, left, right;
7801
7802 #if 0  //#ifndef __WXGTK__
7803     if (reg.IsEmpty())
7804     {
7805       int cw, ch;
7806       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7807
7808       // virtual coords of visible area
7809       //
7810       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7811       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7812     }
7813     else
7814     {
7815       wxCoord x, y, w, h;
7816       reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h);
7817       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top );
7818       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom );
7819     }
7820 #else
7821       int cw, ch;
7822       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7823       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7824       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7825 #endif
7826
7827     // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col
7828     //
7829     right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) );
7830     bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) );
7831
7832     // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out
7833     int leftCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) );
7834     int topRow = internalYToRow(top);
7835     int rightCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(right) );
7836     int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom);
7837
7838     wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch);
7839
7840     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7841     wxRect rect;
7842
7843     for (j=topRow; j<=bottomRow; j++)
7844     {
7845         int colPos;
7846         for (colPos=leftCol; colPos<=rightCol; colPos++)
7847         {
7848             i = GetColAt( colPos );
7849
7850             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7851             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7852             {
7853                 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
7854                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7855                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7856             }
7857             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7858             {
7859                 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
7860                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7861                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7862             }
7863         }
7864     }
7865
7866     dc.SetDeviceClippingRegion( clippedcells );
7867
7868
7869     // horizontal grid lines
7870     //
7871     // already declared above - int i;
7872     for ( i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ )
7873     {
7874         int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1;
7875
7876         if ( bot > bottom )
7877         {
7878             break;
7879         }
7880
7881         if ( bot >= top )
7882         {
7883             dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(i) );
7884             dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot );
7885         }
7886     }
7887
7888     // vertical grid lines
7889     //
7890     int colPos;
7891     for ( colPos = leftCol; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
7892     {
7893         i = GetColAt( colPos );
7894
7895         int colRight = GetColRight(i);
7896 #ifdef __WXGTK__
7897         if (GetLayoutDirection() != wxLayout_RightToLeft)
7898 #endif
7899             colRight--;
7900
7901         if ( colRight > right )
7902         {
7903             break;
7904         }
7905
7906         if ( colRight >= left )
7907         {
7908             dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(i) );
7909             dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom );
7910         }
7911     }
7912
7913     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
7914 }
7915
7916 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows)
7917 {
7918     if ( !m_numRows )
7919         return;
7920
7921     size_t i;
7922     size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount();
7923
7924     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7925     {
7926         DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] );
7927     }
7928 }
7929
7930 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row )
7931 {
7932     if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 )
7933         return;
7934
7935     wxRect rect;
7936
7937     int rowTop = GetRowTop(row),
7938         rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1;
7939
7940     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID) );
7941     dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowBottom );
7942     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom );
7943     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth, rowBottom );
7944
7945     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7946     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, 1, rowBottom );
7947     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop );
7948
7949     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT );
7950     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7951     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7952
7953     int hAlign, vAlign;
7954     GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7955
7956     rect.SetX( 2 );
7957     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 );
7958     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 );
7959     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 );
7960     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign );
7961 }
7962
7963 void wxGrid::SetUseNativeColLabels( bool native )
7964 {
7965     m_nativeColumnLabels = native;
7966     if (native)
7967     {
7968         int height = wxRendererNative::Get().GetHeaderButtonHeight( this );
7969         SetColLabelSize( height );
7970     }
7971
7972     m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
7973 }
7974
7975 void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols )
7976 {
7977     if ( !m_numCols )
7978         return;
7979
7980     size_t i;
7981     size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount();
7982
7983     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7984     {
7985         DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] );
7986     }
7987 }
7988
7989 void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col )
7990 {
7991     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 )
7992         return;
7993
7994     int colLeft = GetColLeft(col);
7995
7996     wxRect rect;
7997
7998     if (m_nativeColumnLabels)
7999     {
8000         rect.SetX( colLeft);
8001         rect.SetY( 0 );
8002         rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col));
8003         rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight );
8004
8005         wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
8006         wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->GetWindow(), dc, rect, 0 );
8007     }
8008     else
8009     {
8010         int colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1;
8011
8012         dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID) );
8013         dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0, colRight, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
8014         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 );
8015         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1,
8016                  colRight + 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
8017
8018         dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
8019         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
8020         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
8021     }
8022
8023     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT );
8024     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
8025     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
8026
8027     int hAlign, vAlign, orient;
8028     GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
8029     orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation();
8030
8031     rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 );
8032     rect.SetY( 2 );
8033     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 );
8034     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 );
8035     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient );
8036 }
8037
8038 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
8039                                 const wxString& value,
8040                                 const wxRect& rect,
8041                                 int horizAlign,
8042                                 int vertAlign,
8043                                 int textOrientation )
8044 {
8045     wxArrayString lines;
8046
8047     StringToLines( value, lines );
8048
8049     // Forward to new API.
8050     DrawTextRectangle( dc,
8051         lines,
8052         rect,
8053         horizAlign,
8054         vertAlign,
8055         textOrientation );
8056 }
8057
8058 // VZ: this should be replaced with wxDC::DrawLabel() to which we just have to
8059 //     add textOrientation support
8060 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle(wxDC& dc,
8061                                const wxArrayString& lines,
8062                                const wxRect& rect,
8063                                int horizAlign,
8064                                int vertAlign,
8065                                int textOrientation)
8066 {
8067     if ( lines.empty() )
8068         return;
8069
8070     wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect);
8071
8072     long textWidth,
8073          textHeight;
8074
8075     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8076         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight );
8077     else
8078         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth );
8079
8080     int x = 0,
8081         y = 0;
8082     switch ( vertAlign )
8083     {
8084         case wxALIGN_BOTTOM:
8085             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8086                 y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1);
8087             else
8088                 x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth;
8089             break;
8090
8091         case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
8092             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8093                 y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2);
8094             else
8095                 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2);
8096             break;
8097
8098         case wxALIGN_TOP:
8099         default:
8100             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8101                 y = rect.y + 1;
8102             else
8103                 x = rect.x + 1;
8104             break;
8105     }
8106
8107     // Align each line of a multi-line label
8108     size_t nLines = lines.GetCount();
8109     for ( size_t l = 0; l < nLines; l++ )
8110     {
8111         const wxString& line = lines[l];
8112
8113         if ( line.empty() )
8114         {
8115             *(textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? &y : &x) += dc.GetCharHeight();
8116             continue;
8117         }
8118
8119         wxCoord lineWidth = 0,
8120              lineHeight = 0;
8121         dc.GetTextExtent(line, &lineWidth, &lineHeight);
8122
8123         switch ( horizAlign )
8124         {
8125             case wxALIGN_RIGHT:
8126                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8127                     x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1);
8128                 else
8129                     y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1;
8130                 break;
8131
8132             case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
8133                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8134                     x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2);
8135                 else
8136                     y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2);
8137                 break;
8138
8139             case wxALIGN_LEFT:
8140             default:
8141                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8142                     x = rect.x + 1;
8143                 else
8144                     y = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
8145                 break;
8146         }
8147
8148         if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8149         {
8150             dc.DrawText( line, x, y );
8151             y += lineHeight;
8152         }
8153         else
8154         {
8155             dc.DrawRotatedText( line, x, y, 90.0 );
8156             x += lineHeight;
8157         }
8158     }
8159 }
8160
8161 // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings.
8162 // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved.
8163 //
8164 // TODO: refactor wxTextFile::Read() and reuse the same code from here
8165 void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) const
8166 {
8167     int startPos = 0;
8168     int pos;
8169     wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix );
8170     wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix );
8171
8172     while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
8173     {
8174         pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol );
8175         if ( pos < 0 )
8176         {
8177             break;
8178         }
8179         else if ( pos == 0 )
8180         {
8181             lines.Add( wxEmptyString );
8182         }
8183         else
8184         {
8185             lines.Add( tVal.Mid(startPos, pos) );
8186         }
8187
8188         startPos += pos + 1;
8189     }
8190
8191     if ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
8192     {
8193         lines.Add( tVal.Mid( startPos ) );
8194     }
8195 }
8196
8197 void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc,
8198                              const wxArrayString& lines,
8199                              long *width, long *height ) const
8200 {
8201     wxCoord w = 0;
8202     wxCoord h = 0;
8203     wxCoord lineW = 0, lineH = 0;
8204
8205     size_t i;
8206     for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ )
8207     {
8208         dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH );
8209         w = wxMax( w, lineW );
8210         h += lineH;
8211     }
8212
8213     *width = w;
8214     *height = h;
8215 }
8216
8217 //
8218 // ------ Batch processing.
8219 //
8220 void wxGrid::EndBatch()
8221 {
8222     if ( m_batchCount > 0 )
8223     {
8224         m_batchCount--;
8225         if ( !m_batchCount )
8226         {
8227             CalcDimensions();
8228             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8229             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8230             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
8231             m_gridWin->Refresh();
8232         }
8233     }
8234 }
8235
8236 // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate
8237 // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a
8238 // BeginBatch / EndBatch block.
8239 //
8240 void wxGrid::ForceRefresh()
8241 {
8242     BeginBatch();
8243     EndBatch();
8244 }
8245
8246 bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable)
8247 {
8248     if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) )
8249         return false;
8250
8251     // redraw in the new state
8252     m_gridWin->Refresh();
8253
8254     return true;
8255 }
8256
8257 //
8258 // ------ Edit control functions
8259 //
8260
8261 void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit )
8262 {
8263     // TODO: improve this ?
8264     //
8265     if ( edit != m_editable )
8266     {
8267         if (!edit)
8268             EnableCellEditControl(edit);
8269         m_editable = edit;
8270     }
8271 }
8272
8273 void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable )
8274 {
8275     if (! m_editable)
8276         return;
8277
8278     if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8279     {
8280         if ( enable )
8281         {
8282             if (SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) <0)
8283                 return;
8284
8285             // this should be checked by the caller!
8286             wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") );
8287
8288             // do it before ShowCellEditControl()
8289             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8290
8291             ShowCellEditControl();
8292         }
8293         else
8294         {
8295             //FIXME:add veto support
8296             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN );
8297
8298             HideCellEditControl();
8299             SaveEditControlValue();
8300
8301             // do it after HideCellEditControl()
8302             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8303         }
8304     }
8305 }
8306
8307 bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const
8308 {
8309     // const_cast
8310     wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
8311     bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly();
8312     attr->DecRef();
8313
8314     return readonly;
8315 }
8316
8317 bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const
8318 {
8319     return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) &&
8320         !IsCurrentCellReadOnly();
8321 }
8322
8323 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const
8324 {
8325     // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the
8326     // current one if it's read only
8327     return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false;
8328 }
8329
8330 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const
8331 {
8332     bool isShown = false;
8333
8334     if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8335     {
8336         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8337         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8338         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8339         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col);
8340         attr->DecRef();
8341
8342         if ( editor )
8343         {
8344             if ( editor->IsCreated() )
8345             {
8346                 isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown();
8347             }
8348
8349             editor->DecRef();
8350         }
8351     }
8352
8353     return isShown;
8354 }
8355
8356 void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
8357 {
8358     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8359     {
8360         if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
8361         {
8362             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
8363             return;
8364         }
8365         else
8366         {
8367             wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords );
8368             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8369             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8370
8371             // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft)
8372             int cell_rows, cell_cols;
8373             GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8374             if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
8375             {
8376                 row += cell_rows;
8377                 col += cell_cols;
8378                 m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row );
8379                 m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col );
8380             }
8381
8382             // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor
8383             // might not cover the entire cell
8384             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
8385             PrepareDC( dc );
8386             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8387             dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID));
8388             dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
8389             dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
8390
8391             // convert to scrolled coords
8392             CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8393
8394             int nXMove = 0;
8395             if (rect.x < 0)
8396                 nXMove = rect.x;
8397
8398             // cell is shifted by one pixel
8399             // However, don't allow x or y to become negative
8400             // since the SetSize() method interprets that as
8401             // "don't change."
8402             if (rect.x > 0)
8403                 rect.x--;
8404             if (rect.y > 0)
8405                 rect.y--;
8406
8407             wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8408             if ( !editor->IsCreated() )
8409             {
8410                 editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY,
8411                                new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor));
8412
8413                 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(),
8414                                              wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,
8415                                              this,
8416                                              row,
8417                                              col,
8418                                              editor->GetControl());
8419                 GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);
8420             }
8421
8422             // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed
8423             int maxWidth = rect.width;
8424             wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col);
8425             if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) )
8426             {
8427                 int y;
8428                 GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont());
8429                 if (maxWidth < rect.width)
8430                     maxWidth = rect.width;
8431             }
8432
8433             int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
8434             if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right)
8435                 maxWidth = client_right - rect.x;
8436
8437             if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table)
8438             {
8439                 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8440                 // may have changed earlier
8441                 for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++)
8442                 {
8443                     int c_rows, c_cols;
8444                     GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols );
8445
8446                     // looks weird going over a multicell
8447                     if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) &&
8448                             (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1))
8449                     {
8450                         rect.width += GetColWidth( i );
8451                     }
8452                     else
8453                         break;
8454                 }
8455
8456                 if (rect.GetRight() > client_right)
8457                     rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 );
8458             }
8459
8460             editor->SetCellAttr( attr );
8461             editor->SetSize( rect );
8462             if (nXMove != 0)
8463                 editor->GetControl()->Move(
8464                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove,
8465                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y );
8466             editor->Show( true, attr );
8467
8468             // recalc dimensions in case we need to
8469             // expand the scrolled window to account for editor
8470             CalcDimensions();
8471
8472             editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this);
8473             editor->SetCellAttr(NULL);
8474
8475             editor->DecRef();
8476             attr->DecRef();
8477         }
8478     }
8479 }
8480
8481 void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl()
8482 {
8483     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8484     {
8485         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8486         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8487
8488         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8489         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8490         editor->Show( false );
8491         editor->DecRef();
8492         attr->DecRef();
8493
8494         m_gridWin->SetFocus();
8495
8496         // refresh whole row to the right
8497         wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) );
8498         CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8499         rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x;
8500
8501 #ifdef __WXMAC__
8502         // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well
8503         rect.Inflate(10, 10);
8504 #endif
8505
8506         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
8507     }
8508 }
8509
8510 void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue()
8511 {
8512     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8513     {
8514         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8515         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8516
8517         wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col);
8518
8519         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8520         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8521         bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this);
8522
8523         editor->DecRef();
8524         attr->DecRef();
8525
8526         if (changed)
8527         {
8528             if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE,
8529                        m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8530                        m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < 0 )
8531             {
8532                 // Event has been vetoed, set the data back.
8533                 SetCellValue(row, col, oldval);
8534             }
8535         }
8536     }
8537 }
8538
8539 //
8540 // ------ Grid location functions
8541 //  Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of
8542 //  grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device
8543 //  coordinates for mouse events etc.
8544 //
8545
8546 void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords ) const
8547 {
8548     int row = YToRow(y);
8549     int col = XToCol(x);
8550
8551     if ( row == -1 || col == -1 )
8552     {
8553         coords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
8554     }
8555     else
8556     {
8557         coords.Set( row, col );
8558     }
8559 }
8560
8561 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
8562 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
8563 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
8564 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
8565
8566 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
8567                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
8568                            bool clipToMinMax)
8569 {
8570     if (coord < 0)
8571         return clipToMinMax && (nMax > 0) ? 0 : -1;
8572
8573     if (!defaultDist)
8574         defaultDist = 1;
8575
8576     size_t i_max = coord / defaultDist,
8577            i_min = 0;
8578
8579     if (BorderArray.IsEmpty())
8580     {
8581         if ((int) i_max < nMax)
8582             return i_max;
8583         return clipToMinMax ? nMax - 1 : -1;
8584     }
8585
8586     if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8587     {
8588         i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8589     }
8590     else
8591     {
8592         if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8593         {
8594             i_min = i_max;
8595             if (minDist)
8596                 i_max = coord / minDist;
8597             else
8598                 i_max =  BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8599         }
8600
8601         if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8602             i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8603     }
8604
8605     if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8606         return clipToMinMax ? (int)i_max : -1;
8607     if ( coord < BorderArray[0] )
8608         return 0;
8609
8610     while ( i_max - i_min > 0 )
8611     {
8612         wxCHECK_MSG(BorderArray[i_min] <= coord && coord < BorderArray[i_max],
8613                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in CoordToRowOrCol"));
8614         if (coord >=  BorderArray[ i_max - 1])
8615             return i_max;
8616         else
8617             i_max--;
8618         int median = i_min + (i_max - i_min + 1) / 2;
8619         if (coord < BorderArray[median])
8620             i_max = median;
8621         else
8622             i_min = median;
8623     }
8624
8625     return i_max;
8626 }
8627
8628 int wxGrid::YToRow( int y ) const
8629 {
8630     return CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight,
8631                            m_minAcceptableRowHeight, m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, false);
8632 }
8633
8634 int wxGrid::XToCol( int x, bool clipToMinMax ) const
8635 {
8636     if (x < 0)
8637         return clipToMinMax && (m_numCols > 0) ? GetColAt( 0 ) : -1;
8638
8639     wxASSERT_MSG(m_defaultColWidth > 0, wxT("Default column width can not be zero"));
8640
8641     int maxPos = x / m_defaultColWidth;
8642     int minPos = 0;
8643
8644     if (m_colRights.IsEmpty())
8645     {
8646         if(maxPos < m_numCols)
8647             return GetColAt( maxPos );
8648         return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) : -1;
8649     }
8650
8651     if ( maxPos >= m_numCols)
8652         maxPos = m_numCols - 1;
8653     else
8654     {
8655         if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )])
8656         {
8657             minPos = maxPos;
8658             if (m_minAcceptableColWidth)
8659                 maxPos = x / m_minAcceptableColWidth;
8660             else
8661                 maxPos =  m_numCols - 1;
8662         }
8663         if ( maxPos >= m_numCols)
8664             maxPos = m_numCols - 1;
8665     }
8666
8667     //X is beyond the last column
8668     if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )])
8669         return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( maxPos ) : -1;
8670
8671     //X is before the first column
8672     if ( x < m_colRights[GetColAt( 0 )] )
8673         return GetColAt( 0 );
8674
8675     //Perform a binary search
8676     while ( maxPos - minPos > 0 )
8677     {
8678         wxCHECK_MSG(m_colRights[GetColAt( minPos )] <= x && x < m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )],
8679                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in XToCol"));
8680
8681         if (x >=  m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos - 1 )])
8682             return GetColAt( maxPos );
8683         else
8684             maxPos--;
8685         int median = minPos + (maxPos - minPos + 1) / 2;
8686         if (x < m_colRights[GetColAt( median )])
8687             maxPos = median;
8688         else
8689             minPos = median;
8690     }
8691     return GetColAt( maxPos );
8692 }
8693
8694 // return the row number that that the y coord is near
8695 //  the edge of, or -1 if not near an edge.
8696 // coords can only possibly be near an edge if
8697 //    (a) the row/column is large enough to still allow for an "inner" area
8698 //        that is _not_ nead the edge (i.e., if the height/width is smaller
8699 //        than WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE, coords are _never_ considered to be
8700 //        near the edge).
8701 //   and
8702 //    (b) resizing rows/columns (the thing for which edge detection is
8703 //        relevant at all) is enabled.
8704 //
8705 int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y ) const
8706 {
8707     int i;
8708     i = internalYToRow(y);
8709
8710     if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE && CanDragRowSize() )
8711     {
8712         // We know that we are in row i, test whether we are
8713         // close enough to lower or upper border, respectively.
8714         if ( abs(GetRowBottom(i) - y) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8715             return i;
8716         else if ( i > 0 && y - GetRowTop(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8717             return i - 1;
8718     }
8719
8720     return -1;
8721 }
8722
8723 // return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or
8724 // -1 if not near an edge
8725 // See comment at YToEdgeOfRow for conditions on edge detection.
8726 //
8727 int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x ) const
8728 {
8729     int i;
8730     i = internalXToCol(x);
8731
8732     if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE && CanDragColSize() )
8733     {
8734         // We know that we are in column i; test whether we are
8735         // close enough to right or left border, respectively.
8736         if ( abs(GetColRight(i) - x) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8737             return i;
8738         else if ( i > 0 && x - GetColLeft(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8739             return i - 1;
8740     }
8741
8742     return -1;
8743 }
8744
8745 wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) const
8746 {
8747     wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
8748
8749     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8750          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8751     {
8752         int i, cell_rows, cell_cols;
8753         rect.width = rect.height = 0;
8754         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8755         // if negative then find multicell owner
8756         if (cell_rows < 0)
8757             row += cell_rows;
8758         if (cell_cols < 0)
8759              col += cell_cols;
8760         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8761
8762         rect.x = GetColLeft(col);
8763         rect.y = GetRowTop(row);
8764         for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
8765             rect.width += GetColWidth(i);
8766         for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++)
8767             rect.height += GetRowHeight(i);
8768     }
8769
8770     // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller
8771     if (m_gridLinesEnabled)
8772     {
8773         rect.width -= 1;
8774         rect.height -= 1;
8775     }
8776
8777     return rect;
8778 }
8779
8780 bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) const
8781 {
8782     // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8783     //
8784     wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8785
8786     // convert to device coords
8787     //
8788     int left, top, right, bottom;
8789     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8790     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8791
8792     // check against the client area of the grid window
8793     int cw, ch;
8794     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8795
8796     if ( wholeCellVisible )
8797     {
8798         // is the cell wholly visible ?
8799         return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw &&
8800                  top >= 0 && bottom <= ch );
8801     }
8802     else
8803     {
8804         // is the cell partly visible ?
8805         //
8806         return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) &&
8807                  ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) );
8808     }
8809 }
8810
8811 // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount
8812 // of scrolling
8813 //
8814 void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col )
8815 {
8816     int i;
8817     int xpos = -1, ypos = -1;
8818
8819     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8820          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8821     {
8822         // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8823         wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8824
8825         // convert to device coords
8826         int left, top, right, bottom;
8827         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8828         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8829
8830         int cw, ch;
8831         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8832
8833         if ( top < 0 )
8834         {
8835             ypos = r.GetTop();
8836         }
8837         else if ( bottom > ch )
8838         {
8839             int h = r.GetHeight();
8840             ypos = r.GetTop();
8841             for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
8842             {
8843                 int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i);
8844                 if ( h + rowHeight > ch )
8845                     break;
8846
8847                 h += rowHeight;
8848                 ypos -= rowHeight;
8849             }
8850
8851             // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't
8852             // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do,
8853             // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn)
8854             //
8855             // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough,
8856             // so just add a full scroll unit...
8857             ypos += m_scrollLineY;
8858         }
8859
8860         // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell!
8861         // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between
8862         // left and right part of the cell on every step!
8863 //      if ( left < 0 )
8864         if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw )
8865         {
8866             xpos = r.GetLeft();
8867         }
8868         else if ( right > cw )
8869         {
8870             // position the view so that the cell is on the right
8871             int x0, y0;
8872             CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0);
8873             xpos = x0 + (right - cw);
8874
8875             // see comment for ypos above
8876             xpos += m_scrollLineX;
8877         }
8878
8879         if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 )
8880         {
8881             if ( xpos != -1 )
8882                 xpos /= m_scrollLineX;
8883             if ( ypos != -1 )
8884                 ypos /= m_scrollLineY;
8885             Scroll( xpos, ypos );
8886             AdjustScrollbars();
8887         }
8888     }
8889 }
8890
8891 //
8892 // ------ Grid cursor movement functions
8893 //
8894
8895 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection )
8896 {
8897     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8898          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= 0 )
8899     {
8900         if ( expandSelection )
8901         {
8902             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8903                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8904             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() > 0 )
8905             {
8906                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 );
8907                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8908                                  m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8909                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8910             }
8911         }
8912         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8913         {
8914             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1;
8915             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8916             ClearSelection();
8917             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8918             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8919         }
8920         else
8921             return false;
8922
8923         return true;
8924     }
8925
8926     return false;
8927 }
8928
8929 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection )
8930 {
8931     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8932          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows )
8933     {
8934         if ( expandSelection )
8935         {
8936             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8937                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8938             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8939             {
8940                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 );
8941                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8942                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8943                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8944             }
8945         }
8946         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8947         {
8948             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1;
8949             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8950             ClearSelection();
8951             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8952             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8953         }
8954         else
8955             return false;
8956
8957         return true;
8958     }
8959
8960     return false;
8961 }
8962
8963 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection )
8964 {
8965     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8966          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= 0 )
8967     {
8968         if ( expandSelection )
8969         {
8970             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8971                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8972             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() > 0 )
8973             {
8974                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 );
8975                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8976                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8977                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8978             }
8979         }
8980         else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) > 0 )
8981         {
8982             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8983             int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) - 1 );
8984             ClearSelection();
8985
8986             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8987             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8988         }
8989         else
8990             return false;
8991
8992         return true;
8993     }
8994
8995     return false;
8996 }
8997
8998 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection )
8999 {
9000     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9001          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols )
9002     {
9003         if ( expandSelection )
9004         {
9005             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9006                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
9007             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
9008             {
9009                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 );
9010                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
9011                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
9012                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9013             }
9014         }
9015         else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < m_numCols - 1 )
9016         {
9017             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9018             int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) + 1 );
9019             ClearSelection();
9020
9021             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9022             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9023         }
9024         else
9025             return false;
9026
9027         return true;
9028     }
9029
9030     return false;
9031 }
9032
9033 bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
9034 {
9035     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9036         return false;
9037
9038     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9039     if ( row > 0 )
9040     {
9041         int cw, ch;
9042         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9043
9044         int y = GetRowTop(row);
9045         int newRow = internalYToRow( y - ch + 1 );
9046
9047         if ( newRow == row )
9048         {
9049             // row > 0, so newRow can never be less than 0 here.
9050             newRow = row - 1;
9051         }
9052
9053         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9054         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9055
9056         return true;
9057     }
9058
9059     return false;
9060 }
9061
9062 bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
9063 {
9064     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9065         return false;
9066
9067     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9068     if ( (row + 1) < m_numRows )
9069     {
9070         int cw, ch;
9071         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9072
9073         int y = GetRowTop(row);
9074         int newRow = internalYToRow( y + ch );
9075         if ( newRow == row )
9076         {
9077             // row < m_numRows, so newRow can't overflow here.
9078             newRow = row + 1;
9079         }
9080
9081         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9082         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9083
9084         return true;
9085     }
9086
9087     return false;
9088 }
9089
9090 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection )
9091 {
9092     if ( m_table &&
9093          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9094          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
9095     {
9096         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9097         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9098
9099         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9100         {
9101             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9102             // non-empty cells
9103             //
9104             while ( row > 0 )
9105             {
9106                 row--;
9107                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9108                     break;
9109             }
9110         }
9111         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row - 1, col) )
9112         {
9113             // starting at the top of a block: find the next block
9114             //
9115             row--;
9116             while ( row > 0 )
9117             {
9118                 row--;
9119                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9120                     break;
9121             }
9122         }
9123         else
9124         {
9125             // starting within a block: find the top of the block
9126             //
9127             while ( row > 0 )
9128             {
9129                 row--;
9130                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9131                 {
9132                     row++;
9133                     break;
9134                 }
9135             }
9136         }
9137
9138         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9139         if ( expandSelection )
9140         {
9141             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9142             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9143         }
9144         else
9145         {
9146             ClearSelection();
9147             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9148         }
9149
9150         return true;
9151     }
9152
9153     return false;
9154 }
9155
9156 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )
9157 {
9158     if ( m_table &&
9159          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9160          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
9161     {
9162         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9163         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9164
9165         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9166         {
9167             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9168             // non-empty cells
9169             //
9170             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9171             {
9172                 row++;
9173                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9174                     break;
9175             }
9176         }
9177         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + 1, col) )
9178         {
9179             // starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block
9180             //
9181             row++;
9182             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9183             {
9184                 row++;
9185                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9186                     break;
9187             }
9188         }
9189         else
9190         {
9191             // starting within a block: find the bottom of the block
9192             //
9193             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9194             {
9195                 row++;
9196                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9197                 {
9198                     row--;
9199                     break;
9200                 }
9201             }
9202         }
9203
9204         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9205         if ( expandSelection )
9206         {
9207             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9208             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9209         }
9210         else
9211         {
9212             ClearSelection();
9213             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9214         }
9215
9216         return true;
9217     }
9218
9219     return false;
9220 }
9221
9222 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )
9223 {
9224     if ( m_table &&
9225          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9226          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
9227     {
9228         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9229         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9230
9231         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9232         {
9233             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9234             // non-empty cells
9235             //
9236             while ( col > 0 )
9237             {
9238                 col--;
9239                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9240                     break;
9241             }
9242         }
9243         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col - 1) )
9244         {
9245             // starting at the left of a block: find the next block
9246             //
9247             col--;
9248             while ( col > 0 )
9249             {
9250                 col--;
9251                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9252                     break;
9253             }
9254         }
9255         else
9256         {
9257             // starting within a block: find the left of the block
9258             //
9259             while ( col > 0 )
9260             {
9261                 col--;
9262                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9263                 {
9264                     col++;
9265                     break;
9266                 }
9267             }
9268         }
9269
9270         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9271         if ( expandSelection )
9272         {
9273             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9274             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9275         }
9276         else
9277         {
9278             ClearSelection();
9279             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9280         }
9281
9282         return true;
9283     }
9284
9285     return false;
9286 }
9287
9288 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )
9289 {
9290     if ( m_table &&
9291          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9292          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
9293     {
9294         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9295         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9296
9297         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9298         {
9299             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9300             // non-empty cells
9301             //
9302             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9303             {
9304                 col++;
9305                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9306                     break;
9307             }
9308         }
9309         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col + 1) )
9310         {
9311             // starting at the right of a block: find the next block
9312             //
9313             col++;
9314             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9315             {
9316                 col++;
9317                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9318                     break;
9319             }
9320         }
9321         else
9322         {
9323             // starting within a block: find the right of the block
9324             //
9325             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9326             {
9327                 col++;
9328                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9329                 {
9330                     col--;
9331                     break;
9332                 }
9333             }
9334         }
9335
9336         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9337         if ( expandSelection )
9338         {
9339             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9340             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9341         }
9342         else
9343         {
9344             ClearSelection();
9345             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9346         }
9347
9348         return true;
9349     }
9350
9351     return false;
9352 }
9353
9354 //
9355 // ------ Label values and formatting
9356 //
9357
9358 void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9359 {
9360     if ( horiz )
9361         *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign;
9362     if ( vert )
9363         *vert  = m_rowLabelVertAlign;
9364 }
9365
9366 void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9367 {
9368     if ( horiz )
9369         *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign;
9370     if ( vert )
9371         *vert  = m_colLabelVertAlign;
9372 }
9373
9374 int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation() const
9375 {
9376     return m_colLabelTextOrientation;
9377 }
9378
9379 wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) const
9380 {
9381     if ( m_table )
9382     {
9383         return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row );
9384     }
9385     else
9386     {
9387         wxString s;
9388         s << row;
9389         return s;
9390     }
9391 }
9392
9393 wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) const
9394 {
9395     if ( m_table )
9396     {
9397         return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col );
9398     }
9399     else
9400     {
9401         wxString s;
9402         s << col;
9403         return s;
9404     }
9405 }
9406
9407 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width )
9408 {
9409     wxASSERT( width >= 0 || width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
9410
9411     if ( width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
9412     {
9413         width = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_ROW);
9414     }
9415
9416     if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth )
9417     {
9418         if ( width == 0 )
9419         {
9420             m_rowLabelWin->Show( false );
9421             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9422         }
9423         else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 )
9424         {
9425             m_rowLabelWin->Show( true );
9426             if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 )
9427                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9428         }
9429
9430         m_rowLabelWidth = width;
9431         CalcWindowSizes();
9432         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9433     }
9434 }
9435
9436 void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height )
9437 {
9438     wxASSERT( height >=0 || height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
9439
9440     if ( height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
9441     {
9442         height = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_COLUMN);
9443     }
9444
9445     if ( height != m_colLabelHeight )
9446     {
9447         if ( height == 0 )
9448         {
9449             m_colLabelWin->Show( false );
9450             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9451         }
9452         else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 )
9453         {
9454             m_colLabelWin->Show( true );
9455             if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 )
9456                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9457         }
9458
9459         m_colLabelHeight = height;
9460         CalcWindowSizes();
9461         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9462     }
9463 }
9464
9465 void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour )
9466 {
9467     if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour )
9468     {
9469         m_labelBackgroundColour = colour;
9470         m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9471         m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9472         m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9473
9474         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9475         {
9476             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9477             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9478             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
9479         }
9480     }
9481 }
9482
9483 void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour )
9484 {
9485     if ( m_labelTextColour != colour )
9486     {
9487         m_labelTextColour = colour;
9488         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9489         {
9490             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9491             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9492         }
9493     }
9494 }
9495
9496 void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font )
9497 {
9498     m_labelFont = font;
9499     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9500     {
9501         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9502         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9503     }
9504 }
9505
9506 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9507 {
9508     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9509     switch ( horiz )
9510     {
9511         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9512         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9513         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9514     }
9515
9516     switch ( vert )
9517     {
9518         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9519         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9520         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9521     }
9522
9523     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9524     {
9525         m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9526     }
9527
9528     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9529     {
9530         m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert;
9531     }
9532
9533     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9534     {
9535         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9536     }
9537 }
9538
9539 void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9540 {
9541     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9542     switch ( horiz )
9543     {
9544         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9545         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9546         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9547     }
9548
9549     switch ( vert )
9550     {
9551         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9552         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9553         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9554     }
9555
9556     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9557     {
9558         m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9559     }
9560
9561     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9562     {
9563         m_colLabelVertAlign = vert;
9564     }
9565
9566     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9567     {
9568         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9569     }
9570 }
9571
9572 // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it
9573 //       does not support vertical printing
9574 //
9575 // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD);
9576 //                      pGrid->SetLabelFont(font);
9577 //                      pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
9578 //
9579 void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation )
9580 {
9581     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL )
9582         m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation;
9583
9584     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9585         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9586 }
9587
9588 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s )
9589 {
9590     if ( m_table )
9591     {
9592         m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s );
9593         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9594         {
9595             wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 );
9596             if ( rect.height > 0 )
9597             {
9598                 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9599                 rect.x = 0;
9600                 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
9601                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9602             }
9603         }
9604     }
9605 }
9606
9607 void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s )
9608 {
9609     if ( m_table )
9610     {
9611         m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s );
9612         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9613         {
9614             wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col );
9615             if ( rect.width > 0 )
9616             {
9617                 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9618                 rect.y = 0;
9619                 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
9620                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9621             }
9622         }
9623     }
9624 }
9625
9626 void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour )
9627 {
9628     if ( m_gridLineColour != colour )
9629     {
9630         m_gridLineColour = colour;
9631
9632         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9633         PrepareDC( dc );
9634         DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9635     }
9636 }
9637
9638 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour )
9639 {
9640     if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour )
9641     {
9642         m_cellHighlightColour = colour;
9643
9644         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9645         PrepareDC( dc );
9646         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
9647         DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
9648         attr->DecRef();
9649     }
9650 }
9651
9652 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width)
9653 {
9654     if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width)
9655     {
9656         m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width;
9657
9658         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9659         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9660         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9661         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9662         if ( row == -1 || col == -1 || GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9663             return;
9664
9665         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9666         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9667     }
9668 }
9669
9670 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width)
9671 {
9672     if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width)
9673     {
9674         m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width;
9675
9676         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9677         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9678         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9679         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9680         if ( row == -1 || col == -1 ||
9681                 GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9682             return;
9683
9684         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9685         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9686     }
9687 }
9688
9689 void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable )
9690 {
9691     if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled )
9692     {
9693         m_gridLinesEnabled = enable;
9694
9695         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9696         {
9697             if ( enable )
9698             {
9699                 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9700                 PrepareDC( dc );
9701                 DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9702             }
9703             else
9704             {
9705                 m_gridWin->Refresh();
9706             }
9707         }
9708     }
9709 }
9710
9711 int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() const
9712 {
9713     return m_defaultRowHeight;
9714 }
9715
9716 int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) const
9717 {
9718     wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") );
9719
9720     return GetRowHeight(row);
9721 }
9722
9723 int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() const
9724 {
9725     return m_defaultColWidth;
9726 }
9727
9728 int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) const
9729 {
9730     wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") );
9731
9732     return GetColWidth(col);
9733 }
9734
9735 // ============================================================================
9736 // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid
9737 // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis
9738 // ============================================================================
9739
9740 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9741 // setting default attributes
9742 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9743
9744 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col )
9745 {
9746     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9747 #ifdef __WXGTK__
9748     m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9749 #endif
9750 }
9751
9752 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col )
9753 {
9754     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col);
9755 }
9756
9757 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9758 {
9759     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9760 }
9761
9762 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow )
9763 {
9764     m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow);
9765 }
9766
9767 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font )
9768 {
9769     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font);
9770 }
9771
9772 // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the
9773 // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string
9774 // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to
9775 // work correctly.
9776
9777 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9778 {
9779     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9780                      renderer,
9781                      GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING));
9782 }
9783
9784 void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor)
9785 {
9786     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9787                      GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING),
9788                      editor);
9789 }
9790
9791 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9792 // access to the default attributes
9793 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9794
9795 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() const
9796 {
9797     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
9798 }
9799
9800 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() const
9801 {
9802     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour();
9803 }
9804
9805 wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() const
9806 {
9807     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont();
9808 }
9809
9810 void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9811 {
9812     m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9813 }
9814
9815 bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow() const
9816 {
9817     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow();
9818 }
9819
9820 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const
9821 {
9822     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
9823 }
9824
9825 wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const
9826 {
9827     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
9828 }
9829
9830 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9831 // access to cell attributes
9832 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9833
9834 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) const
9835 {
9836     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9837     wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour();
9838     attr->DecRef();
9839
9840     return colour;
9841 }
9842
9843 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) const
9844 {
9845     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9846     wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour();
9847     attr->DecRef();
9848
9849     return colour;
9850 }
9851
9852 wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) const
9853 {
9854     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9855     wxFont font = attr->GetFont();
9856     attr->DecRef();
9857
9858     return font;
9859 }
9860
9861 void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9862 {
9863     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9864     attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9865     attr->DecRef();
9866 }
9867
9868 bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col ) const
9869 {
9870     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9871     bool allow = attr->GetOverflow();
9872     attr->DecRef();
9873
9874     return allow;
9875 }
9876
9877 void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
9878 {
9879     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9880     attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols );
9881     attr->DecRef();
9882 }
9883
9884 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) const
9885 {
9886     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9887     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9888     attr->DecRef();
9889
9890     return renderer;
9891 }
9892
9893 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) const
9894 {
9895     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9896     wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
9897     attr->DecRef();
9898
9899     return editor;
9900 }
9901
9902 bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const
9903 {
9904     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9905     bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly();
9906     attr->DecRef();
9907
9908     return isReadOnly;
9909 }
9910
9911 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9912 // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ...
9913 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9914
9915 bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() const
9916 {
9917     if ( !m_table )
9918     {
9919         return false;
9920     }
9921
9922     return m_table->CanHaveAttributes();
9923 }
9924
9925 void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache()
9926 {
9927     if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 )
9928     {
9929         wxGridCellAttr *oldAttr = m_attrCache.attr;
9930         m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
9931         m_attrCache.row = -1;
9932         // wxSafeDecRec(...) might cause event processing that accesses
9933         // the cached attribute, if one exists (e.g. by deleting the
9934         // editor stored within the attribute). Therefore it is important
9935         // to invalidate the cache  before calling wxSafeDecRef!
9936         wxSafeDecRef(oldAttr);
9937     }
9938 }
9939
9940 void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const
9941 {
9942     if ( attr != NULL )
9943     {
9944         wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
9945
9946         self->ClearAttrCache();
9947         self->m_attrCache.row = row;
9948         self->m_attrCache.col = col;
9949         self->m_attrCache.attr = attr;
9950         wxSafeIncRef(attr);
9951     }
9952 }
9953
9954 bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const
9955 {
9956     if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col )
9957     {
9958         *attr = m_attrCache.attr;
9959         wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9960
9961 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9962         gs_nAttrCacheHits++;
9963 #endif
9964
9965         return true;
9966     }
9967     else
9968     {
9969 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9970         gs_nAttrCacheMisses++;
9971 #endif
9972
9973         return false;
9974     }
9975 }
9976
9977 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9978 {
9979     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
9980     // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for
9981     // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management.
9982     if ( row >= 0 )
9983     {
9984         if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) )
9985         {
9986             attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Any)
9987                            : (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9988             CacheAttr(row, col, attr);
9989         }
9990     }
9991
9992     if (attr)
9993     {
9994         attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9995     }
9996     else
9997     {
9998         attr = m_defaultCellAttr;
9999         attr->IncRef();
10000     }
10001
10002     return attr;
10003 }
10004
10005 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const
10006 {
10007     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
10008     bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes();
10009
10010     wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, _T("Cell attributes not allowed"));
10011     wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, _T("must have a table") );
10012
10013     attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
10014     if ( !attr )
10015     {
10016         attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
10017
10018         // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller
10019         attr->IncRef();
10020         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
10021     }
10022
10023     return attr;
10024 }
10025
10026 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10027 // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr)
10028 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10029
10030 void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col)
10031 {
10032     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL);
10033 }
10034
10035 void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col)
10036 {
10037     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER);
10038 }
10039
10040 void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision)
10041 {
10042     wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT;
10043     if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) )
10044     {
10045         typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision;
10046     }
10047
10048     SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName);
10049 }
10050
10051 void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName)
10052 {
10053     wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col );
10054     if (!attr)
10055         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
10056     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
10057     attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
10058     wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
10059     attr->SetEditor(editor);
10060
10061     SetColAttr(col, attr);
10062
10063 }
10064
10065 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10066 // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table
10067 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10068
10069 void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10070 {
10071     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10072     {
10073         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
10074         ClearAttrCache();
10075     }
10076     else
10077     {
10078         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10079     }
10080 }
10081
10082 void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10083 {
10084     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10085     {
10086         m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
10087         ClearAttrCache();
10088     }
10089     else
10090     {
10091         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10092     }
10093 }
10094
10095 void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10096 {
10097     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10098     {
10099         m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col);
10100         ClearAttrCache();
10101     }
10102     else
10103     {
10104         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10105     }
10106 }
10107
10108 void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
10109 {
10110     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10111     {
10112         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10113         attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour);
10114         attr->DecRef();
10115     }
10116 }
10117
10118 void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
10119 {
10120     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10121     {
10122         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10123         attr->SetTextColour(colour);
10124         attr->DecRef();
10125     }
10126 }
10127
10128 void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font )
10129 {
10130     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10131     {
10132         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10133         attr->SetFont(font);
10134         attr->DecRef();
10135     }
10136 }
10137
10138 void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert )
10139 {
10140     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10141     {
10142         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10143         attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
10144         attr->DecRef();
10145     }
10146 }
10147
10148 void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow )
10149 {
10150     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10151     {
10152         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10153         attr->SetOverflow(allow);
10154         attr->DecRef();
10155     }
10156 }
10157
10158 void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols )
10159 {
10160     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10161     {
10162         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
10163
10164         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10165         attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols);
10166         attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols);
10167         attr->DecRef();
10168
10169         // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values
10170         // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot
10171         // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr.
10172         // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn
10173         wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)),
10174                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell"));
10175         wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)),
10176                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1"));
10177
10178         // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first
10179         if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
10180         {
10181             int i, j;
10182             for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
10183             {
10184                 for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
10185                 {
10186                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
10187                     {
10188                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
10189                         attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 );
10190                         attr_stub->DecRef();
10191                     }
10192                 }
10193             }
10194         }
10195
10196         // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to
10197         // negative or zero values to point back at this cell
10198         if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1))
10199         {
10200             int i, j;
10201             for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++)
10202             {
10203                 for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++)
10204                 {
10205                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
10206                     {
10207                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
10208                         attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i );
10209                         attr_stub->DecRef();
10210                     }
10211                 }
10212             }
10213         }
10214     }
10215 }
10216
10217 void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
10218 {
10219     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10220     {
10221         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10222         attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
10223         attr->DecRef();
10224     }
10225 }
10226
10227 void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10228 {
10229     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10230     {
10231         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10232         attr->SetEditor(editor);
10233         attr->DecRef();
10234     }
10235 }
10236
10237 void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly)
10238 {
10239     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10240     {
10241         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10242         attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly);
10243         attr->DecRef();
10244     }
10245 }
10246
10247 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10248 // Data type registration
10249 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10250
10251 void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
10252                               wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
10253                               wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10254 {
10255     m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
10256 }
10257
10258
10259 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const
10260 {
10261     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10262     return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
10263 }
10264
10265 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const
10266 {
10267     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10268     return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
10269 }
10270
10271 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10272 {
10273     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10274     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10275     {
10276         wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
10277
10278         return NULL;
10279     }
10280
10281     return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index);
10282 }
10283
10284 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10285 {
10286     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10287     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10288     {
10289         wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
10290
10291         return NULL;
10292     }
10293
10294     return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index);
10295 }
10296
10297 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10298 // row/col size
10299 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10300
10301 void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable )
10302 {
10303     m_canDragRowSize = enable;
10304 }
10305
10306 void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable )
10307 {
10308     m_canDragColSize = enable;
10309 }
10310
10311 void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable )
10312 {
10313     m_canDragGridSize = enable;
10314 }
10315
10316 void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable )
10317 {
10318     m_canDragCell = enable;
10319 }
10320
10321 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows )
10322 {
10323     m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight );
10324
10325     if ( resizeExistingRows )
10326     {
10327         // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size,
10328         // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms
10329         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10330         // some speed optimisations)
10331         m_rowHeights.Empty();
10332         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
10333         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10334             CalcDimensions();
10335     }
10336 }
10337
10338 void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height )
10339 {
10340     wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") );
10341
10342     // if < 0 then calculate new height from label
10343     if ( height < 0 )
10344     {
10345         long w, h;
10346         wxArrayString lines;
10347         wxClientDC dc(m_rowLabelWin);
10348         dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10349         StringToLines(GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines);
10350         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10351         //check that it is not less than the minimal height
10352         height = wxMax(h, GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight());
10353     }
10354
10355     // See comment in SetColSize
10356     if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10357         return;
10358
10359     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
10360     {
10361         // need to really create the array
10362         InitRowHeights();
10363     }
10364
10365     int h = wxMax( 0, height );
10366     int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row];
10367
10368     m_rowHeights[row] = h;
10369     for ( int i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ )
10370     {
10371         m_rowBottoms[i] += diff;
10372     }
10373
10374     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10375         CalcDimensions();
10376 }
10377
10378 void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols )
10379 {
10380     // we dont allow zero default column width
10381     m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth ), 1 );
10382
10383     if ( resizeExistingCols )
10384     {
10385         // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size,
10386         // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights
10387         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10388         // some speed optimisations)
10389         m_colWidths.Empty();
10390         m_colRights.Empty();
10391         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10392             CalcDimensions();
10393     }
10394 }
10395
10396 void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width )
10397 {
10398     wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") );
10399
10400     // if < 0 then calculate new width from label
10401     if ( width < 0 )
10402     {
10403         long w, h;
10404         wxArrayString lines;
10405         wxClientDC dc(m_colLabelWin);
10406         dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10407         StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines);
10408         if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL )
10409             GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10410         else
10411             GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w );
10412         width = w + 6;
10413         //check that it is not less than the minimal width
10414         width = wxMax(width, GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth());
10415     }
10416
10417     // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here?
10418     //                                                                 (VZ)
10419     // No, because it is reasonable to assume the library user know's
10420     // what he is doing. However we should test against the weaker
10421     // constraint of minimalAcceptableWidth, as this breaks rendering
10422     //
10423     // This test then fixes sf.net bug #645734
10424
10425     if ( width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() )
10426         return;
10427
10428     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
10429     {
10430         // need to really create the array
10431         InitColWidths();
10432     }
10433
10434     int w = wxMax( 0, width );
10435     int diff = w - m_colWidths[col];
10436     m_colWidths[col] = w;
10437
10438     for ( int colPos = GetColPos(col); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
10439     {
10440         m_colRights[GetColAt(colPos)] += diff;
10441     }
10442
10443     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10444         CalcDimensions();
10445 }
10446
10447 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width )
10448 {
10449     if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth())
10450     {
10451         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10452         m_colMinWidths[key] = width;
10453     }
10454 }
10455
10456 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width )
10457 {
10458     if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10459     {
10460         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10461         m_rowMinHeights[key] = width;
10462     }
10463 }
10464
10465 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const
10466 {
10467     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10468     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key);
10469
10470     return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10471 }
10472
10473 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const
10474 {
10475     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10476     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key);
10477
10478     return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10479 }
10480
10481 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width )
10482 {
10483     // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us
10484     // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns.
10485     if ( width >= 0 )
10486         m_minAcceptableColWidth = width;
10487 }
10488
10489 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height )
10490 {
10491     // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us
10492     // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows.
10493     if ( height >= 0 )
10494         m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height;
10495 }
10496
10497 int  wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const
10498 {
10499     return m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10500 }
10501
10502 int  wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const
10503 {
10504     return m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10505 }
10506
10507 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10508 // auto sizing
10509 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10510
10511 void
10512 wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow(int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, wxGridDirection direction)
10513 {
10514     const bool column = direction == wxGRID_COLUMN;
10515
10516     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
10517
10518     // cancel editing of cell
10519     HideCellEditControl();
10520     SaveEditControlValue();
10521
10522     // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if we only need one
10523     int row = -1,
10524         col = -1;
10525     if ( column )
10526         col = colOrRow;
10527     else
10528         row = colOrRow;
10529
10530     wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0;
10531     int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10532     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ )
10533     {
10534         if ( column )
10535             row = rowOrCol;
10536         else
10537             col = rowOrCol;
10538
10539         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
10540         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
10541         if ( renderer )
10542         {
10543             wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col);
10544             extent = column ? size.x : size.y;
10545             if ( extent > extentMax )
10546                 extentMax = extent;
10547
10548             renderer->DecRef();
10549         }
10550
10551         attr->DecRef();
10552     }
10553
10554     // now also compare with the column label extent
10555     wxCoord w, h;
10556     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
10557
10558     if ( column )
10559     {
10560         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h );
10561         if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL )
10562             w = h;
10563     }
10564     else
10565         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h );
10566
10567     extent = column ? w : h;
10568     if ( extent > extentMax )
10569         extentMax = extent;
10570
10571     if ( !extentMax )
10572     {
10573         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10574         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10575         extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight;
10576     }
10577     else
10578     {
10579         if ( column )
10580             // leave some space around text
10581             extentMax += 10;
10582         else
10583             extentMax += 6;
10584     }
10585
10586     if ( column )
10587     {
10588         // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal width. See the
10589         // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
10590         // in SetColSize().
10591         if ( !setAsMin )
10592             extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetColMinimalWidth(col));
10593
10594         SetColSize( col, extentMax );
10595         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10596         {
10597             int cw, ch, dummy;
10598             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10599             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) );
10600             rect.y = 0;
10601             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
10602             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
10603             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
10604             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10605         }
10606     }
10607     else
10608     {
10609         // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal height. See the
10610         // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
10611         // in SetRowSize().
10612         if ( !setAsMin )
10613             extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetRowMinimalHeight(row));
10614
10615         SetRowSize(row, extentMax);
10616         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10617         {
10618             int cw, ch, dummy;
10619             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10620             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, 0 ) );
10621             rect.x = 0;
10622             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10623             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10624             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
10625             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10626         }
10627     }
10628
10629     if ( setAsMin )
10630     {
10631         if ( column )
10632             SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax);
10633         else
10634             SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax);
10635     }
10636 }
10637
10638 wxCoord wxGrid::CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGridDirection direction)
10639 {
10640     // calculate size for the rows or columns?
10641     const bool calcRows = direction == wxGRID_ROW;
10642
10643     wxClientDC dc(calcRows ? GetGridRowLabelWindow()
10644                            : GetGridColLabelWindow());
10645     dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10646
10647     // which dimension should we take into account for calculations?
10648     //
10649     // for columns, the text can be only horizontal so it's easy but for rows
10650     // we also have to take into account the text orientation
10651     const bool
10652         useWidth = calcRows || (GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL);
10653
10654     wxArrayString lines;
10655     wxCoord extentMax = 0;
10656
10657     const int numRowsOrCols = calcRows ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10658     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < numRowsOrCols; rowOrCol++ )
10659     {
10660         lines.Clear();
10661
10662         wxString label = calcRows ? GetRowLabelValue(rowOrCol)
10663                                   : GetColLabelValue(rowOrCol);
10664         StringToLines(label, lines);
10665
10666         long w, h;
10667         GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
10668
10669         const wxCoord extent = useWidth ? w : h;
10670         if ( extent > extentMax )
10671             extentMax = extent;
10672     }
10673
10674     if ( !extentMax )
10675     {
10676         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10677         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10678         extentMax = calcRows ? GetDefaultRowLabelSize()
10679                              : GetDefaultColLabelSize();
10680     }
10681
10682     // leave some space around text (taken from AutoSizeColOrRow)
10683     if ( calcRows )
10684         extentMax += 10;
10685     else
10686         extentMax += 6;
10687
10688     return extentMax;
10689 }
10690
10691 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10692 {
10693     int width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10694
10695     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
10696     if(!calcOnly)
10697         locker.Create(this);
10698
10699     for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10700     {
10701         if ( !calcOnly )
10702             AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin);
10703
10704         width += GetColWidth(col);
10705     }
10706
10707     return width;
10708 }
10709
10710 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10711 {
10712     int height = m_colLabelHeight;
10713
10714     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
10715     if(!calcOnly)
10716         locker.Create(this);
10717
10718     for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10719     {
10720         if ( !calcOnly )
10721             AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin);
10722
10723         height += GetRowHeight(row);
10724     }
10725
10726     return height;
10727 }
10728
10729 void wxGrid::AutoSize()
10730 {
10731     wxGridUpdateLocker locker(this);
10732
10733     wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
10734                 SetOrCalcRowSizes(false) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
10735
10736     // we know that we're not going to have scrollbars so disable them now to
10737     // avoid trouble in SetClientSize() which can otherwise set the correct
10738     // client size but also leave space for (not needed any more) scrollbars
10739     SetScrollbars(0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, true);
10740
10741     // restore the scroll rate parameters overwritten by SetScrollbars()
10742     SetScrollRate(m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY);
10743
10744     SetClientSize(size.x + m_rowLabelWidth, size.y + m_colLabelHeight);
10745 }
10746
10747 void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row )
10748 {
10749     // Hide the edit control, so it
10750     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10751     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10752     {
10753         HideCellEditControl();
10754         SaveEditControlValue();
10755     }
10756
10757     // autosize row height depending on label text
10758     SetRowSize(row, -1);
10759     ForceRefresh();
10760 }
10761
10762 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col )
10763 {
10764     // Hide the edit control, so it
10765     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10766     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10767     {
10768         HideCellEditControl();
10769         SaveEditControlValue();
10770     }
10771
10772     // autosize column width depending on label text
10773     SetColSize(col, -1);
10774     ForceRefresh();
10775 }
10776
10777 wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const
10778 {
10779     wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
10780
10781     // we do the same as in AutoSize() here with the exception that we don't
10782     // change the column/row sizes, only calculate them
10783     wxSize size(self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
10784                 self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
10785
10786     // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to
10787     // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this
10788     // calculation.
10789     // CacheBestSize(size);
10790
10791     return wxSize(size.x + m_rowLabelWidth, size.y + m_colLabelHeight)
10792             + GetWindowBorderSize();
10793 }
10794
10795 void wxGrid::Fit()
10796 {
10797     AutoSize();
10798 }
10799
10800 wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const
10801 {
10802     return wxNullPen;
10803 }
10804
10805 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10806 // cell value accessor functions
10807 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10808
10809 void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s )
10810 {
10811     if ( m_table )
10812     {
10813         m_table->SetValue( row, col, s );
10814         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10815         {
10816             int dummy;
10817             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) );
10818             rect.x = 0;
10819             rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
10820             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10821             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
10822         }
10823
10824         if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row &&
10825              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col &&
10826              IsCellEditControlShown())
10827              // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled,
10828              // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from
10829              // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler.
10830         {
10831             HideCellEditControl();
10832             ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table
10833         }
10834     }
10835 }
10836
10837 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10838 // block, row and column selection
10839 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10840
10841 void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected )
10842 {
10843     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10844         ClearSelection();
10845
10846     if ( m_selection )
10847         m_selection->SelectRow( row, false, addToSelected );
10848 }
10849
10850 void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected )
10851 {
10852     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10853         ClearSelection();
10854
10855     if ( m_selection )
10856         m_selection->SelectCol( col, false, addToSelected );
10857 }
10858
10859 void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
10860                           bool addToSelected )
10861 {
10862     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10863         ClearSelection();
10864
10865     if ( m_selection )
10866         m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol,
10867                                   false, addToSelected );
10868 }
10869
10870 void wxGrid::SelectAll()
10871 {
10872     if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 )
10873     {
10874         if ( m_selection )
10875             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
10876     }
10877 }
10878
10879 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10880 // cell, row and col deselection
10881 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10882
10883 void wxGrid::DeselectRow( int row )
10884 {
10885     if ( !m_selection )
10886         return;
10887
10888     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
10889     {
10890         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, 0 ) )
10891             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, 0);
10892     }
10893     else
10894     {
10895         int nCols = GetNumberCols();
10896         for ( int i = 0; i < nCols; i++ )
10897         {
10898             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, i ) )
10899                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, i);
10900         }
10901     }
10902 }
10903
10904 void wxGrid::DeselectCol( int col )
10905 {
10906     if ( !m_selection )
10907         return;
10908
10909     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
10910     {
10911         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(0, col ) )
10912             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(0, col);
10913     }
10914     else
10915     {
10916         int nRows = GetNumberRows();
10917         for ( int i = 0; i < nRows; i++ )
10918         {
10919             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(i, col ) )
10920                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(i, col);
10921         }
10922     }
10923 }
10924
10925 void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col )
10926 {
10927     if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) )
10928         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col);
10929 }
10930
10931 bool wxGrid::IsSelection() const
10932 {
10933     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() ||
10934              ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
10935                m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) );
10936 }
10937
10938 bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const
10939 {
10940     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) ||
10941              ( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() &&
10942                col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() &&
10943                row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() &&
10944                col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() )) );
10945 }
10946
10947 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const
10948 {
10949     if (!m_selection)
10950     {
10951         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10952         return a;
10953     }
10954
10955     return m_selection->m_cellSelection;
10956 }
10957
10958 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const
10959 {
10960     if (!m_selection)
10961     {
10962         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10963         return a;
10964     }
10965
10966     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft;
10967 }
10968
10969 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const
10970 {
10971     if (!m_selection)
10972     {
10973         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10974         return a;
10975     }
10976
10977     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight;
10978 }
10979
10980 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const
10981 {
10982     if (!m_selection)
10983     {
10984         wxArrayInt a;
10985         return a;
10986     }
10987
10988     return m_selection->m_rowSelection;
10989 }
10990
10991 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const
10992 {
10993     if (!m_selection)
10994     {
10995         wxArrayInt a;
10996         return a;
10997     }
10998
10999     return m_selection->m_colSelection;
11000 }
11001
11002 void wxGrid::ClearSelection()
11003 {
11004     wxRect r1 = BlockToDeviceRect( m_selectingTopLeft, m_selectingBottomRight);
11005     wxRect r2 = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
11006     m_selectingTopLeft =
11007     m_selectingBottomRight =
11008     m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
11009     Refresh( false, &r1 );
11010     Refresh( false, &r2 );
11011     if ( m_selection )
11012         m_selection->ClearSelection();
11013 }
11014
11015 // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block
11016 // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window.
11017 //
11018 wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
11019                                   const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight ) const
11020 {
11021     wxRect resultRect;
11022     wxRect tempCellRect = CellToRect(topLeft);
11023     if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
11024     {
11025         resultRect = tempCellRect;
11026     }
11027     else
11028     {
11029         resultRect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
11030     }
11031
11032     tempCellRect = CellToRect(bottomRight);
11033     if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
11034     {
11035         resultRect += tempCellRect;
11036     }
11037     else
11038     {
11039         // If both inputs were "wxGridNoCellRect," then there's nothing to do.
11040         return wxGridNoCellRect;
11041     }
11042
11043     // Ensure that left/right and top/bottom pairs are in order.
11044     int left = resultRect.GetLeft();
11045     int top = resultRect.GetTop();
11046     int right = resultRect.GetRight();
11047     int bottom = resultRect.GetBottom();
11048
11049     int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol();
11050     int topRow = topLeft.GetRow();
11051     int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol();
11052     int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow();
11053
11054     if (left > right)
11055     {
11056         int tmp = left;
11057         left = right;
11058         right = tmp;
11059
11060         tmp = leftCol;
11061         leftCol = rightCol;
11062         rightCol = tmp;
11063     }
11064
11065     if (top > bottom)
11066     {
11067         int tmp = top;
11068         top = bottom;
11069         bottom = tmp;
11070
11071         tmp = topRow;
11072         topRow = bottomRow;
11073         bottomRow = tmp;
11074     }
11075
11076     // The following loop is ONLY necessary to detect and handle merged cells.
11077     int cw, ch;
11078     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
11079
11080     // Get the origin coordinates: notice that they will be negative if the
11081     // grid is scrolled downwards/to the right.
11082     int gridOriginX = 0;
11083     int gridOriginY = 0;
11084     CalcScrolledPosition(gridOriginX, gridOriginY, &gridOriginX, &gridOriginY);
11085
11086     int onScreenLeftmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX);
11087     int onScreenUppermostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY);
11088
11089     int onScreenRightmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX + cw);
11090     int onScreenBottommostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY + ch);
11091
11092     // Bound our loop so that we only examine the portion of the selected block
11093     // that is shown on screen. Therefore, we compare the Top-Left block values
11094     // to the Top-Left screen values, and the Bottom-Right block values to the
11095     // Bottom-Right screen values, choosing appropriately.
11096     const int visibleTopRow = wxMax(topRow, onScreenUppermostRow);
11097     const int visibleBottomRow = wxMin(bottomRow, onScreenBottommostRow);
11098     const int visibleLeftCol = wxMax(leftCol, onScreenLeftmostCol);
11099     const int visibleRightCol = wxMin(rightCol, onScreenRightmostCol);
11100
11101     for ( int j = visibleTopRow; j <= visibleBottomRow; j++ )
11102     {
11103         for ( int i = visibleLeftCol; i <= visibleRightCol; i++ )
11104         {
11105             if ( (j == visibleTopRow) || (j == visibleBottomRow) ||
11106                     (i == visibleLeftCol) || (i == visibleRightCol) )
11107             {
11108                 tempCellRect = CellToRect( j, i );
11109
11110                 if (tempCellRect.x < left)
11111                     left = tempCellRect.x;
11112                 if (tempCellRect.y < top)
11113                     top = tempCellRect.y;
11114                 if (tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width > right)
11115                     right = tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width;
11116                 if (tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height > bottom)
11117                     bottom = tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height;
11118             }
11119             else
11120             {
11121                 i = visibleRightCol; // jump over inner cells.
11122             }
11123         }
11124     }
11125
11126     // Convert to scrolled coords
11127     CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top );
11128     CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom );
11129
11130     if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch)
11131         return wxRect(0,0,0,0);
11132
11133     resultRect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) );
11134     resultRect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) );
11135     resultRect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) );
11136     resultRect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) );
11137
11138     return resultRect;
11139 }
11140
11141 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11142 // drop target
11143 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11144
11145 #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
11146
11147 // this allow setting drop target directly on wxGrid
11148 void wxGrid::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *dropTarget)
11149 {
11150     GetGridWindow()->SetDropTarget(dropTarget);
11151 }
11152
11153 #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
11154
11155 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11156 // grid event classes
11157 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11158
11159 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11160
11161 wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11162                           int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel,
11163                           bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11164         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11165 {
11166     m_row = row;
11167     m_col = col;
11168     m_x = x;
11169     m_y = y;
11170     m_selecting = sel;
11171     m_control = control;
11172     m_shift = shift;
11173     m_alt = alt;
11174     m_meta = meta;
11175
11176     SetEventObject(obj);
11177 }
11178
11179
11180 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11181
11182 wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11183                                   int rowOrCol, int x, int y,
11184                                   bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11185         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11186 {
11187     m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol;
11188     m_x = x;
11189     m_y = y;
11190     m_control = control;
11191     m_shift = shift;
11192     m_alt = alt;
11193     m_meta = meta;
11194
11195     SetEventObject(obj);
11196 }
11197
11198
11199 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11200
11201 wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11202                                                const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
11203                                                const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
11204                                                bool sel, bool control,
11205                                                bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11206         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11207 {
11208     m_topLeft = topLeft;
11209     m_bottomRight = bottomRight;
11210     m_selecting = sel;
11211     m_control = control;
11212     m_shift = shift;
11213     m_alt = alt;
11214     m_meta = meta;
11215
11216     SetEventObject(obj);
11217 }
11218
11219
11220 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent)
11221
11222 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type,
11223                                                    wxObject* obj, int row,
11224                                                    int col, wxControl* ctrl)
11225     : wxCommandEvent(type, id)
11226 {
11227     SetEventObject(obj);
11228     m_row = row;
11229     m_col = col;
11230     m_ctrl = ctrl;
11231 }
11232
11233 #endif // wxUSE_GRID